Loka 559 texts and 2099 matches in Suttanta Pali


Sutta Title Words Ct Mr Links Type Quote
an1.41-50lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Cetopasādahetu pana, bhikkhave, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.   Именно из-за умственного покоя с распадом тела, после смерти, некоторые существа перерождаются в благом уделе, в небесном мире».  
Purity of mind is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  

an1.170-187lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ ālokassa4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ekapuggalassa, bhikkhave, pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ.   “The appearance of one person, mendicants, is rare in the world.  
Imassa kho, bhikkhave, ekapuggalassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmin”ti.  
This is the one person, mendicants, whose appearance is rare in the world.”  
“Ekapuggalassa, bhikkhave, pātubhāvā mahato cakkhussa pātubhāvo hoti, mahato ālokassa pātubhāvo hoti, mahato obhāsassa pātubhāvo hoti, channaṁ anuttariyānaṁ pātubhāvo hoti, catunnaṁ paṭisambhidānaṁ sacchikiriyā hoti, anekadhātupaṭivedho hoti, nānādhātupaṭivedho hoti, vijjāvimuttiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, arahattaphalasacchikiriyā hoti.  
“With the appearance of one person, mendicants, there is the appearance of a great eye, a great light, a great radiance, and the six unsurpassable things; the realization of the four kinds of textual analysis; the penetration of many and diverse elements; the realization of the fruit of knowledge and freedom; the realization of the fruits of stream-entry, once-return, non-return, and perfection.  
Imassa kho, bhikkhave, ekapuggalassa pātubhāvā mahato cakkhussa pātubhāvo hoti, mahato ālokassa pātubhāvo hoti, mahato obhāsassa pātubhāvo hoti, channaṁ anuttariyānaṁ pātubhāvo hoti, catunnaṁ paṭisambhidānaṁ sacchikiriyā hoti, anekadhātupaṭivedho hoti, nānādhātupaṭivedho hoti, vijjāvimuttiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyā hoti, arahattaphalasacchikiriyā hotī”ti.  
This is the one person whose appearance brings the appearance of a great eye, a great light, a great radiance, and the six unsurpassable things; the realization of the four kinds of textual analysis; the penetration of many and diverse elements; the realization of the fruit of knowledge and release; the realization of the fruits of stream-entry, once-return, non-return, and perfection.”  

an1.268-277lokadhātuyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṁ acarimaṁ uppajjeyyuṁ. Netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.   “It is impossible, mendicants, it cannot happen for two perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas to arise in the same solar system at the same time.  
Ṭhānañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā ekova arahaṁ sammāsambuddho uppajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
But it is possible for just one perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, to arise in one solar system.” 

an1.278-286lokadhātuyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve rājāno cakkavattī apubbaṁ acarimaṁ uppajjeyyuṁ. Netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.   “It is impossible, mendicants, it cannot happen for two wheel-turning monarchs to arise in the same solar system at the same time.  
Ṭhānañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā eko rājā cakkavattī uppajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
But it is possible for just one wheel-turning monarch to arise in one solar system.”  

an1.287-295lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ kāyaduccaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya. Netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.   “It is impossible, mendicants, it cannot happen that someone who has engaged in bad bodily conduct, could for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
“Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ vacīduccaritasamaṅgī …pe… yaṁ manoduccaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya. Netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
“It is impossible, mendicants, it cannot happen that someone who has engaged in bad verbal … bad mental conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Ṭhānañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ kāyasucaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
But it is possible that someone who has engaged in good bodily conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
Ṭhānañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ manosucaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
But it is possible that someone who has engaged in good verbal … good mental conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, heavenly realm.” 

an1.306-315lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ uppajjanti yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi.   “Mendicants, I do not see a single thing that causes sentient beings to be reborn, when their body breaks up, after death, in a good place, a heavenly realm like right view.  
Sammādiṭṭhiyā, bhikkhave, samannāgatā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ uppajjantī”ti.  
It is because they have right view that sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  

an1.394-574ālokakasiṇaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

viññāṇakasiṇaṁ bhāveti …. (…)   the meditation on universal consciousness …  
(…) → (ālokakasiṇaṁ bhāveti) (bj)  

an2.1-10lokasmiṁ lokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dvemāni, bhikkhave, padhānāni durabhisambhavāni lokasmiṁ.   “These two endeavors are challenging in the world.  
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, dve padhānāni durabhisambhavāni lokasmiṁ.  
These are the two endeavors that are challenging in the world.  
“Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā sukkā lokaṁ pālenti.  
“These two bright things, mendicants, protect the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve sukkā dhammā lokaṁ na pāleyyuṁ, nayidha paññāyetha mātāti vā mātucchāti vā mātulānīti vā ācariyabhariyāti vā garūnaṁ dārāti vā.  
If these two bright things did not protect the world, there would be no recognition of the status of mother, aunts, or wives and partners of teachers and respected people.  
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, ime dve sukkā dhammā lokaṁ pālenti tasmā paññāyati mātāti vā mātucchāti vā mātulānīti vā ācariyabhariyāti vā garūnaṁ dārāti vā”ti.  
But because the two bright things protect the world, there is recognition of the status of mother, aunts, and wives and partners of teachers and respected people.”  

an2.11-20lokaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ko nu kho, bho gotama, hetu ko paccayo yena m’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti?   “What is the cause, Master Gotama, what is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm?”  
“Dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, brāhmaṇa, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
“Principled and moral conduct is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
“Ko pana, bho gotama, hetu ko paccayo yena m’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti?  
“But what is the cause, Master Gotama, what is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm?”  
Evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
That’s why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
Evaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, katattā ca akatattā ca evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
So what they’ve done and what they’ve not done is why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
And when the body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an2.32-41lokasmiṁ lokassa4Pi En Ru dhamma

Bahukārā, bhikkhave, mātāpitaro puttānaṁ āpādakā posakā imassa lokassa dassetāro.   Parents are very helpful to their children: they raise them, nurture them, and show them the world.  
“Atthi pana, bho kaccāna, koci lokasmiṁ yo imañceva kāmarāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṁ samatikkanto, imañca diṭṭhirāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṁ samatikkanto”ti?  
“Master Kaccāna, is there anyone in the world who has gone beyond the insistence on sensual desire and the insistence on views?”  
“Atthi, brāhmaṇa, lokasmiṁ yo imañceva kāmarāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṁ samatikkanto, imañca diṭṭhirāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṁ samatikkanto”ti.  
“There is, brahmin.”  
“Ko pana so, bho kaccāna, lokasmiṁ yo imañceva kāmarāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṁ samatikkanto, imañca diṭṭhirāgābhinivesavinibandhapaligedhapariyuṭṭhānajjhosānaṁ samatikkanto”ti?  
“Who in the world has gone beyond the insistence on sensual desire and the insistence on views?”  

an2.118-129lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dveme, bhikkhave, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṁ.   “These two people are rare in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve puggalā dullabhā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the two people who are rare in the world.”  
“Dveme, bhikkhave, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṁ.  
“These two people are rare in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, dve puggalā dullabhā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the two people who are rare in the world.”  

an2.180-229lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato idhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   “When they have two things, some people—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato idhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati”.  
When they have these two things, some people—when their body breaks up, after death—are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 

an3.13lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These three kinds of people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three kinds of people found in the world.  

an3.14lokasmin’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

Taṁ hoti cakkaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.   And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.” 

an3.18devalokasutta1Pi En Ru dhamma

Devalokasutta   The Realm of the Gods  

an3.21lokasmiṁ12Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, āvuso samiddha, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Reverend Saviṭṭha, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three people found in the world.  
“Tayome, āvuso sāriputta, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three people found in the world.  
“tayome, āvuso koṭṭhika, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
“Reverend Koṭṭhika, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three people found in the world.  
“Tayome, āvuso sāriputta, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three people found in the world.  
“tayome, āvuso sāriputta, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
“Reverend Sāriputta, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three people found in the world.  
“Tayome, āvuso koṭṭhika, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
“Reverend Koṭṭhika, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three people found in the world.  

an3.22lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, bhikkhave, gilānā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These three patients are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo gilānā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three kinds of patients found in the world.  
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tayome gilānūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
In the same way, these three people similar to patients are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo gilānūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the three people similar to patients found in the world.” 

an3.23lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ lokaṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These three people are found in the world.  
So sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they’re reborn in a hurtful world,  
Tamenaṁ sabyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ samānaṁ sabyābajjhā phassā phusanti.  
where hurtful contacts strike them.  
So abyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā abyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they are reborn in a pleasing world,  
Tamenaṁ abyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ samānaṁ abyābajjhā phassā phusanti.  
where pleasing contacts strike them.  
So sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they are reborn in a world that is both hurtful and pleasing,  
Tamenaṁ sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṁ upapannaṁ samānaṁ sabyābajjhāpi abyābajjhāpi phassā phusanti.  
where hurtful and pleasing contacts strike them.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the three people found in the world.” 

an3.25lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the three people found in the world.” 

an3.26lokasminti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasminti.  
These are the three people found in the world.  

an3.27lokasminti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasminti.  
These are the three people found in the world.  

an3.28lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These three kinds of people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the three people found in the world.” 

an3.29lokasminti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These three kinds of people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasminti.  
These are the three people found in the world.  

an3.30lokasminti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These three kinds of people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasminti.  
These are the three kinds of people found in the world.  

an3.31lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bahukārā, bhikkhave, mātāpitaro puttānaṁ, āpādakā posakā, imassa lokassa dassetāroti.   Parents are very helpful to their children, they raise them, nurture them, and show them the world.  

an3.32lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Saṅkhāya lokasmiṁ paroparāni,   ‘Having appraised the world high and low,  

an3.37lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhamiyaṁ, bhikkhave, pakkhassa catunnaṁ mahārājānaṁ amaccā pārisajjā imaṁ lokaṁ anuvicaranti:   “On the eighth day of the fortnight, mendicants, the ministers and counselors of the Four Great Kings wander about the world, thinking:  
Cātuddasiṁ, bhikkhave, pakkhassa catunnaṁ mahārājānaṁ puttā imaṁ lokaṁ anuvicaranti:  
And on the fourteenth day of the fortnight, the sons of the Four Great Kings wander about the world, thinking:  
Tadahu, bhikkhave, uposathe pannarase cattāro mahārājāno sāmaññeva imaṁ lokaṁ anuvicaranti:  
And on the fifteenth day sabbath, the Four Great Kings themselves wander about the world, thinking:  

an3.40lokasannivāse lokasannivāso lokasmiṁ lokavidū lokaṁyeva5Pi En Ru dhamma

Ahañceva kho pana evaṁ pabbajito samāno kāmavitakkaṁ vā vitakkeyyaṁ, byāpādavitakkaṁ vā vitakkeyyaṁ, vihiṁsāvitakkaṁ vā vitakkeyyaṁ, mahā kho panāyaṁ lokasannivāso.   And now, since I’ve now gone forth, I might have sensual, malicious, or cruel thoughts. But the population of the world is large,  
Mahantasmiṁ kho pana lokasannivāse santi samaṇabrāhmaṇā iddhimanto dibbacakkhukā paracittaviduno.  
and there are ascetics and brahmins who have psychic power—they’re clairvoyant, and can read the minds of others.  
So lokaṁyeva adhipatiṁ karitvā akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāveti, sāvajjaṁ pajahati, anavajjaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati.  
Putting the world in charge, they give up the unskillful and develop the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure.  
Lokasmiṁ bālaṁ visamaṁ carantaṁ;  
the fool who lives unjustly in the world.  
So tādiso lokavidū sumedho,  
Poised, intelligent, knowing the world— 

an3.45lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

sa lokaṁ bhajate sivan”ti.   will enjoy a world of grace.” 

an3.48devalokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Nandino devalokasmiṁ,   they delight in the heavenly realm,  

an3.56palokasutta1Pi En Ru dhamma

Palokasutta   Falling Apart  

an3.57devalokañca1Pi En Ru dhamma

Devalokañca te yanti,   they go to the realm of the gods,  

an3.58lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā …pe… manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā, vacīsucaritena samannāgatā, manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

an3.60lokavidū palokavaccho2Pi En Ru dhamma

idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.   A Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
Palokavaccho tikaṇṇo,  
" 

an3.63lokavidū lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharāmi, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharāmi.  
I meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, I spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharāmi, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjhena pharitvā viharāmi.  
I meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, I spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

an3.65lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Sa kho so, kālāmā, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno patissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati.   Then that noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
‘Sace kho pana atthi paro loko, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, athāhaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti, ayamassa paṭhamo assāso adhigato hoti.  
‘If it turns out there is another world, and good and bad deeds have a result, then—when the body breaks up, after death—I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ This is the first consolation they’ve won.  
‘Sace kho pana atthi paro loko, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, athāhaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti, ayamassa paṭhamo assāso adhigato hoti.  
 

an3.66lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjhena pharitvā viharati.   equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

an3.70lokassa lokassā’ti lokavidū6Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, and worthy of veneration with joined palms. It is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭiviratā saccavādī saccasandhā thetā paccayikā avisaṁvādakā lokassa;  
As long as they live, the perfected ones give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and trustworthy, and don’t trick the world with their words.  
ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa.  
I, too, for this day and night will give up lying. I’ll speak the truth and stick to the truth. I’ll be honest and trustworthy, and won’t trick the world with my words.  

an3.75lokassā’ti lokavidū2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ, buddho bhagavā’ti,   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an3.80lokadhātu lokadhātuṁ lokadhātū’ti sahassilokadhātuṁ sahassīlokadhātuṁ tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṁ ālokaṁ19Pi En Ru dhamma

‘bhagavato, ānanda, sikhissa abhibhū nāma sāvako brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpesī’ti.   ‘Ānanda, the Buddha Sikhī had a disciple called Abhibhū. Standing in the Brahmā realm, he could make his voice heard throughout the galaxy.’  
sahassilokadhātuṁ → sahassīlokadhātuṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)  
‘bhagavato, ānanda, sikhissa abhibhū nāma sāvako brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpesī’ti.  
 
‘bhagavato, ānanda, sikhissa abhibhū nāma sāvako brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpesī’ti.  
 
“Sutā te, ānanda, sahassī cūḷanikā lokadhātū”ti?  
“Ānanda, have you heard of a thousandfold lesser world system, a galaxy?”  
ayaṁ vuccatānanda, sahassī cūḷanikā lokadhātu.  
This is called a thousandfold lesser world system, a ‘galaxy’.  
Yāvatānanda, sahassī cūḷanikā lokadhātu tāva sahassadhā loko.  
A world system that extends for a thousand galaxies  
Ayaṁ vuccatānanda, dvisahassī majjhimikā lokadhātu.  
is called a millionfold middling world system, a ‘galactic cluster’.  
Yāvatānanda, dvisahassī majjhimikā lokadhātu tāva sahassadhā loko.  
A world system that extends for a thousand galactic clusters  
Ayaṁ vuccatānanda, tisahassī mahāsahassī lokadhātu.  
is called a billionfold great world system, a ‘galactic supercluster’.  
Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpeyya, yāvatā pana ākaṅkheyyā”ti.  
If he wished, Ānanda, a Realized One could make his voice heard throughout a galactic supercluster, or as far as he wants.”  
tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṁ → tisahassiṁ mahāsahassiṁ lokadhātuṁ (sya-all, km); tisahassīmahāsahassī lokadhātuṁ (pts1ed)  
“Yathā kathaṁ pana, bhante, bhagavā tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpeyya, yāvatā pana ākaṅkheyyā”ti?  
“But how would the Buddha make his voice heard so far?”  
“Idhānanda, tathāgato tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṁ obhāsena phareyya.  
“First, Ānanda, a Realized One would fill the galactic supercluster with light.  
Yadā te sattā taṁ ālokaṁ sañjāneyyuṁ, atha tathāgato ghosaṁ kareyya saddamanussāveyya.  
When sentient beings saw the light, the Realized One would project his call so that they’d hear the sound.  
Evaṁ kho, ānanda, tathāgato tisahassimahāsahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpeyya, yāvatā pana ākaṅkheyyā”ti.  
That’s how a Realized One could make his voice heard throughout a galactic supercluster, or as far as he wants.”  

an3.86lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

So tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti.   With the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

an3.87lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

So tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti.   With the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

an3.88lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Taṁ vā pana anabhisambhavaṁ appaṭivijjhaṁ tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā, rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti.   If they don’t penetrate so far, with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

an3.94lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tasmiñce, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako kālaṁ kareyya, natthi taṁ saṁyojanaṁ yena saṁyojanena saṁyutto ariyasāvako puna imaṁ lokaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti.   If that noble disciple passed away at that time, they’re bound by no fetter that might return them to this world.” 

an3.96lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with three qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these three qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an3.97lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with three qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these three qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an3.98lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with three qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these three qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an3.101lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṁ: “ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”ti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti,   If they wish: ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: “These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. And may I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.’  

an3.103lokanissaraṇaṁ lokassa lokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yaṁ kho lokaṁ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ, ayaṁ loke assādo.   ‘The pleasure and happiness that arise from the world: this is its gratification.  
lokaṁ → loke (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)  
Yo loke chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānaṁ, idaṁ loke nissaraṇan’ti.  
Removing and giving up desire and greed for the world: this is its escape.’  
loke nissaraṇan’ti → lokanissaraṇaṁ (aṭṭha.)  
Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, evaṁ lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ.  
As long as I didn’t truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.  
Yato ca khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, evaṁ lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ, athāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ.  
But when I did truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape in this way for what they are, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.  

an3.104lokassa lokassāhaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Lokassāhaṁ, bhikkhave, assādapariyesanaṁ acariṁ. Yo loke assādo tadajjhagamaṁ.   “Mendicants, I went in search of the world’s gratification, and I found it.  
Lokassāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ādīnavapariyesanaṁ acariṁ. Yo loke ādīnavo tadajjhagamaṁ.  
I went in search of the world’s drawbacks, and I found them.  
Lokassāhaṁ, bhikkhave, nissaraṇapariyesanaṁ acariṁ. Yaṁ loke nissaraṇaṁ tadajjhagamaṁ.  
I went in search of escape from the world, and I found it.  
Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, bhikkhave, lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññāsiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ.  
As long as I didn’t truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.  
Yato ca khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ, athāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṁ.  
But when I did truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.  

an3.105lokamhā lokassa5Pi En Ru dhamma

No cedaṁ, bhikkhave, loke nissaraṇaṁ abhavissa, nayidaṁ sattā lokamhā nissareyyuṁ.   If there were no escape from the world, sentient beings wouldn’t escape from it.  
lokamhā → loke (pts1ed, mr)  
Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, atthi loke nissaraṇaṁ, tasmā sattā lokamhā nissaranti.  
But since there is an escape from the world, sentient beings do escape from it.  
Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, sattā lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nābbhaññāsuṁ, neva tāva, bhikkhave, sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaṁyuttā vippamuttā vimariyādīkatena cetasā vihariṁsu.  
As long as sentient beings don’t truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, they haven’t escaped from this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—and they don’t live detached, liberated, with a mind free of limits.  
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, sattā lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ abbhaññāsuṁ, atha, bhikkhave, sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya nissaṭā visaṁyuttā vippamuttā vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharantī”ti.  
But when sentient beings truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are, they’ve escaped from this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—and they live detached, liberated, with a mind free of limits.” 

an3.106lokassa2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ye keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti,   “Mendicants, there are ascetics and brahmins who don’t truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are.  
Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā lokassa assādañca assādato ādīnavañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti,  
There are ascetics and brahmins who do truly understand the world’s gratification, drawback, and escape for what they are.  

an3.114lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tiṇṇaṁ, bhikkhave, pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, the appearance of three people is rare in the world.  
Tathāgatassa, bhikkhave, arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desetā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ, kataññū katavedī puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha. A person who teaches the teaching and training proclaimed by a Realized One. A person who is grateful and thankful.  
Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṁ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmin”ti.  
The appearance of these three people is rare in the world.” 

an3.115lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the three people found in the world.” 

an3.116lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the three people found in the world.” 

an3.117lokaṁ7Pi En Ru dhamma

‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ, kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.   ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ, atthi hutaṁ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, atthi ayaṁ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
Sīlasampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti;  
Some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm because of accomplishment in ethics,  
cittasampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti;  
mind,  
diṭṭhisampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
or view.  

an3.118lokaṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ …pe… ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.   ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ …pe… ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
Sīlasampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti. Cittasampadāhetu vā …pe… diṭṭhisampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm because of accomplishment in ethics, mind, or view.  
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, sīlasampadāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti, cittasampadāhetu vā sattā …pe… diṭṭhisampadāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
In the same way, some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm because of accomplishment in ethics, mind, or view.  

an3.119lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ …pe… ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.   ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ …pe… ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  

an3.125lokadhātu1Pi En Ru dhamma

Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne sahassī lokadhātu akampitthāti.   And while this discourse was being spoken, the galaxy shook. 

an3.126lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“tayo khome, mahānāma, satthāro santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mahānāma, there are these three teachers found in the world.  
Ime kho, mahānāma, tayo satthāro santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the three teachers found in the world.  

an3.130lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“idhāhaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṁ lokaṁ olokemi.   “Here’s the thing, Reverend Sāriputta. With clairvoyance that is purified and surpasses the human, I survey the thousandfold galaxy.  
‘ahaṁ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṁ lokaṁ volokemī’ti, idaṁ te mānasmiṁ.  
‘With clairvoyance that is purified and surpasses the human, I survey the entire galaxy,’ that’s your conceit.  

an3.132lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tayome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these three people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the three people found in the world.”  

an3.133lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tīhi aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with three factors is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these three qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an4.5lokantagū lokasminti lokasmiṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasminti.  
These are the four people found in the world.  
Lokantagū pāragatoti vuccatī”ti.  
they’re called ‘one who has gone beyond’.” 

an4.6lokasminti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasminti.  
These are the four people found in the world.  

an4.8lokasmiṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘“Sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhā”ti tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessatī’ti nimittametaṁ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi.   I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘You claim to be a fully awakened Buddha, but you don’t understand these things.’  
‘“Khīṇāsavassa te paṭijānato ime āsavā aparikkhīṇā”ti tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessatī’ti nimittametaṁ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi.  
I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘You claim to have ended all defilements, but you still have these defilements.’  
‘“Ye kho pana te antarāyikā dhammā vuttā te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā”ti tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessatī’ti nimittametaṁ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi.  
I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘The acts that you say are obstructions are not really obstructions for the one who performs them.’  
‘“Yassa kho pana te atthāya dhammo desito so na niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā”ti tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessatī’ti nimittametaṁ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi.  
I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘Though you teach that this teaching leads to the goal of the complete ending of suffering, it doesn’t lead there for one who practices it.’  

an4.15lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sadevakassa lokassa,   in all the world with its gods,  

an4.23lokanirodhagāminī lokanirodho lokasamudayo lokasmiṁ lokasmā lokassa lokasutta lokaṁ sabbaloka15Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokasutta   The World  
Lokasmā tathāgato visaṁyutto.  
and he is detached from the world.  
Lokasamudayo, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho.  
The origin of the world has been understood by the Realized One;  
Lokasamudayo tathāgatassa pahīno.  
and he has given up the origin of the world.  
Lokanirodho, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddho.  
The cessation of the world has been understood by the Realized One;  
Lokanirodho tathāgatassa sacchikato.  
and he has realized the cessation of the world.  
Lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, bhikkhave, tathāgatena abhisambuddhā.  
The practice that leads to the cessation of the world has been understood by the Realized One;  
Lokanirodhagāminī paṭipadā tathāgatassa bhāvitā.  
and he has developed the practice that leads to the cessation of the world.  
Yaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, sabbaṁ taṁ tathāgatena abhisambuddhaṁ.  
In this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—whatever is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, and explored by the mind, all that has been understood by the Realized One.  
Sabbaṁ lokaṁ abhiññāya,  
Directly knowing the whole world as it is,  
Sabbaṁ lokaṁ visaṁyutto,  
he is detached from the whole world,  
Sabbaṁ lokaṁ → sabbaloka (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)  
Sadevakassa lokassa,  
in all the world with its gods,  
Sadevakasmiṁ lokasmiṁ,  
In the world with its gods,  

an4.24lokassa3Pi En Ru dhamma

Yaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tamahaṁ jānāmi.   “In this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—whatever is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, and explored by the mind: that I know.  
Yaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tamahaṁ abbhaññāsiṁ.  
In this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—whatever is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, and explored by the mind: that I have insight into.  
Yaṁ, bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tamahaṁ na jānāmīti vadeyyaṁ, taṁ mamassa musā.  
If I were to say that ‘I do not know … the world with its gods’, I would be lying.  

an4.33lokassa lokavidū3Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yadā tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā, so dhammaṁ deseti:   In the same way, when a Realized One arises in the world—perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed—he teaches the Dhamma:  
Evaṁ mahiddhiko kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato sadevakassa lokassa, evaṁ mahesakkho evaṁ mahānubhāvoti.  
That’s how powerful is the Realized One in the world with its gods, how illustrious and mighty.  
Sadevakassa lokassa,  
rolls forth the Wheel of Dhamma  

an4.34lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāvatā, bhikkhave, saṅghā vā gaṇā vā, tathāgatasāvakasaṅgho tesaṁ aggamakkhāyati, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   The Saṅgha of the Realized One’s disciples is said to be the best of all communities and groups. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  

an4.36lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

evamevaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, loke jāto loke saṁvaḍḍho lokaṁ abhibhuyya viharāmi anupalitto lokena.   In the same way, though I was born and grew up in the world, I live having mastered the world, unsullied by the world.  

an4.40lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Abyābajjhaṁ sukhaṁ lokaṁ,   that astute one is reborn  

an4.41lokasmiṁ ālokasaññaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ālokasaññaṁ manasi karoti, divāsaññaṁ adhiṭṭhāti—  It’s when a mendicant focuses on the perception of light, concentrating on the perception of day:  
‘Saṅkhāya lokasmiṁ paroparāni,  
‘Having appraised the world high and low,  

an4.43lokasminti lokasmiṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the four people found in the world.  
Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasminti.  
These are the four people found in the world.  

an4.45lokamimaṁ lokanirodhagāminiñca lokanirodhañca lokantagū lokantaṁ lokasamudayañca lokassa lokassanto lokavidū lokañca18Pi En Ru dhamma

“Yattha nu kho, bhante, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, sakkā nu kho so, bhante, gamanena lokassa anto ñātuṁ vā daṭṭhuṁ vā pāpuṇituṁ vā”ti?   “Sir, is it possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn?”  
“Yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī”ti.  
“Reverend, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn.”  
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’”ti.  
 
‘ahaṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ pāpuṇissāmī’ti.  
‘I will reach the end of the world by traveling.’  
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, aññatreva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṁ gantvā appatvāva lokassa antaṁ antarāyeva kālaṅkato.  
I traveled for my whole lifespan of a hundred years—pausing only to eat and drink, go to the toilet, and sleep to dispel weariness—and I passed away along the way, never reaching the end of the world.  
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’”ti.  
 
“‘Yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyan’ti vadāmi.  
“Reverend, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn.  
Na cāhaṁ, āvuso, appatvāva lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmi.  
But I also say there’s no making an end of suffering without reaching the end of the world.  
Api cāhaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁyeva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññāpemi lokasamudayañca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadanti.  
For it is in this fathom-long carcass with its perception and mind that I describe the world, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation.  
lokassanto kudācanaṁ;  
be reached by traveling.  
Na ca appatvā lokantaṁ,  
But without reaching the end of the world,  
Tasmā have lokavidū sumedho,  
So an intelligent person, understanding the world,  
Lokantagū vusitabrahmacariyo;  
has completed the spiritual journey, and gone to the end of the world.  
Lokassa antaṁ samitāvi ñatvā,  
A calm one, knowing the end of the world,  
Nāsīsatī lokamimaṁ parañcā”ti.  
does not long for this world or the next.” 

an4.46lokamimaṁ lokanirodhagāminiñca lokanirodhañca lokantagū lokantaṁ lokasamudayañca lokassa lokassanto lokavidū lokañca18Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yattha nu kho, bhante, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, sakkā nu kho so, bhante, gamanena lokassa anto ñātuṁ vā daṭṭhuṁ vā pāpuṇituṁ vā’ti?   ‘Sir, is it possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn?’ …  
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’ti.  
 
yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmi’.  
 
‘ahaṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ pāpuṇissāmī’ti.  
 
So kho ahaṁ, bhante, aññatreva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṁ gantvā appatvāva lokassa antaṁ antarāyeva kālaṅkato.  
 
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’ti.  
 
‘Yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ, taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’ti.  
 
Na cāhaṁ, āvuso, appatvāva lokassa antaṁ dukkhassantakiriyaṁ vadāmi.  
 
Api cāhaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁyeva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññāpemi lokasamudayañca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadanti.  
 
lokassanto kudācanaṁ;  
 
Na ca appatvā lokantaṁ,  
 
Tasmā have lokavidū sumedho,  
 
Lokantagū vusitabrahmacariyo;  
 
Lokassa antaṁ samitāvi ñatvā,  
 
Nāsīsatī lokamimaṁ parañcā”ti.  
" 

an4.49lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yadā ca buddhā lokasmiṁ,   But when the Buddhas arise  

an4.52lokassā’ti lokavidū2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an4.53devalokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Nandino devalokasmiṁ,   they delight in the heavenly realm,  

an4.54devalokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Nandino devalokasmiṁ,    

an4.55devalokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Nandino devalokasmiṁ,   they delight in the heavenly realm,  

an4.56devalokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Nandino devalokasmiṁ,    

an4.57lokavidūna1Pi En Ru dhamma

Mahapphalā lokavidūna vaṇṇitā.   and is praised by those who know the world.  

an4.61lokasmiṁ lokavidū lokaṁ10Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, gahapati, dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṁ.   “Householder, these four things that are likable, desirable, and agreeable are hard to get in the world.  
Bhogā me uppajjantu sahadhammenāti, ayaṁ paṭhamo dhammo iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
The first thing is the wish: ‘May wealth come to me by legitimate means!’  
Bhoge laddhā sahadhammena yaso me āgacchatu saha ñātīhi saha upajjhāyehīti, ayaṁ dutiyo dhammo iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
The second thing, having got wealth by legitimate means, is the wish: ‘May fame come to me, together with my family and teachers.’  
Bhoge laddhā sahadhammena yasaṁ laddhā saha ñātīhi saha upajjhāyehi ciraṁ jīvāmi dīghamāyuṁ pālemīti, ayaṁ tatiyo dhammo iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
The third thing, having got wealth and fame, is the wish: ‘May I live long, keeping alive for a long time!’  
Bhoge laddhā sahadhammena yasaṁ laddhā saha ñātīhi saha upajjhāyehi ciraṁ jīvitvā dīghamāyuṁ pāletvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjāmīti, ayaṁ catuttho dhammo iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
The fourth thing, having got wealth, fame, and long life, is the wish: ‘When my body breaks up, after death, may I be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm!’  
Ime kho, gahapati, cattāro dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the four things that are likable, desirable, and agreeable, but hard to get in the world.  
Imesaṁ kho, gahapati, catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ dullabhānaṁ lokasmiṁ cattāro dhammā paṭilābhāya saṁvattanti.  
These next four things lead to the getting of those four things.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
Imesaṁ kho, gahapati, catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ dullabhānaṁ lokasmiṁ ime cattāro dhammā paṭilābhāya saṁvattanti.  
These are the four things that lead to the getting of the four things that are likable, desirable, and agreeable, but hard to get in the world.  

an4.63lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bahukārā, bhikkhave, mātāpitaro, puttānaṁ āpādakā posakā imassa lokassa dassetāroti.   Parents are very helpful to their children, they raise them, nurture them, and show them the world.  

an4.65lokasminti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasminti.  
These are the four people found in the world.  

an4.66lokasminti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasminti.  
These are the four people found in the world.  

an4.77lokacintā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokacintā, bhikkhave, acinteyyā, na cintetabbā;   Speculation about the world …  

an4.85lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
So kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā, manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
So kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā, manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.86lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These four people are found in the world.  
… Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
… These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.87lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.88lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā, rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti.  
It’s when a mendicant—with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion—is a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.89lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.90lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.”  

an4.91lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.92lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.93lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.94lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.95lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.96lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.97lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.98lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.99lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.100lokasmiṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, potaliya, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Potaliya, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, potaliya, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the four people found in the world.  
“Cattārome, bho gotama, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
 
Ime kho, bho gotama, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
 
“Cattārome, potaliya, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
 
Katame cattāro …pe… ime kho, potaliya, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
 
“Cattārome, bho gotama, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
 
Katame cattāro …pe… ime kho, bho gotama, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
 

an4.101lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro valāhakūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   In the same way, these four people similar to clouds are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro valāhakūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These four people similar to clouds are found in the world.” 

an4.102lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro valāhakūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   In the same way, these four people similar to clouds are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro valāhakūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These four people similar to clouds are found in the world.” 

an4.103lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro kumbhūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   In the same way, these four people similar to pots are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro kumbhūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These four people similar to pots are found in the world.” 

an4.104lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro udakarahadūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   In the same way, these four people similar to lakes are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro udakarahadūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These four people similar to lakes are found in the world.” 

an4.105lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ambūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   In the same way, these four people similar to mangoes are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro ambūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These four people similar to mangoes are found in the world.” 

an4.107lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mūsikūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   In the same way, these four people similar to mice are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mūsikūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These four people similar to mice are found in the world.” 

an4.108lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro balībaddūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   In the same way, these four people similar to oxen are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro balībaddūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These four people similar to oxen are found in the world.” 

an4.109lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro rukkhūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   In the same way, these four people similar to trees are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro rukkhūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These four people similar to trees are found in the world.” 

an4.110lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattāro āsīvisūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   In the same way, these four people similar to vipers are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro āsīvisūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These four people similar to vipers are found in the world.”  

an4.112lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with four qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these four qualities … is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an4.113lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ12Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, bhadrā assājānīyā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four fine thoroughbreds are found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo bhadro assājānīyo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the first fine thoroughbred found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo bhadro assājānīyo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the second fine thoroughbred found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo bhadro assājānīyo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the third fine thoroughbred found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, catuttho bhadro assājānīyo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the fourth fine thoroughbred found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro bhadrā assājānīyā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the four fine thoroughbreds found in the world.  
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cattārome bhadrā purisājānīyā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
In the same way, these four fine thoroughbred people are found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo bhadro purisājānīyo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the first fine thoroughbred person found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo bhadro purisājānīyo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the second fine thoroughbred person found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo bhadro purisājānīyo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the third fine thoroughbred person found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, catuttho bhadro purisājānīyo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the fourth fine thoroughbred person found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro bhadrā purisājānīyā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four fine thoroughbred people found in the world.” 

an4.114lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with four qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these four qualities … is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an4.123lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.124lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ palokato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.  
They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.  
They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.125lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Firstly, a person meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.126lokasminti lokasmiṁ lokaṁ palokato6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Firstly, a person meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.  
They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.  
They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasminti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.127lokantarikā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapimesaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ evaṁmahiddhikānaṁ evaṁmahānubhāvānaṁ ābhā nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.   Even in the boundless desolation of interstellar space—so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression—an immeasurable, magnificent light appears, surpassing the glory of the gods.  
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapimesaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ evaṁmahiddhikānaṁ evaṁmahānubhāvānaṁ ābhā nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.  
even in the boundless desolation of interstellar space …  
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapimesaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ evaṁmahiddhikānaṁ evaṁmahānubhāvānaṁ ābhā nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.  
even in the boundless desolation of interstellar space …  
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapimesaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ evaṁmahiddhikānaṁ evaṁmahānubhāvānaṁ ābhā nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.  
even in the boundless desolation of interstellar space …  

an4.131lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.132lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.133lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.134lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.135lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.136lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.137lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.138lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.143ālokasutta1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ālokasutta   Light  

an4.157lokasmiṁ lābhasakkārasilokappaṭilābhāya5Pi En Ru dhamma

Te, bhikkhave, sattā sudullabhā lokasmiṁ ye cetasikena rogena muhuttampi ārogyaṁ paṭijānanti, aññatra khīṇāsavehi.   But it’s very hard to find any sentient beings in the world who can claim to be free of mental illness even for a moment, apart from those who have ended the defilements.  
So mahiccho samāno vighātavā asantuṭṭho itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena pāpikaṁ icchaṁ paṇidahati anavaññappaṭilābhāya lābhasakkārasilokappaṭilābhāya.  
Because of this, they focus their corrupt wishes on being looked up to, and on getting material possessions, honor, and popularity.  
So uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati anavaññappaṭilābhāya lābhasakkārasilokappaṭilābhāya.  
They try hard, strive, and make an effort to get these things.  
‘na mahicchā bhavissāma vighātavanto asantuṭṭhā itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, na pāpikaṁ icchaṁ paṇidahissāma anavaññappaṭilābhāya lābhasakkārasilokappaṭilābhāya, na uṭṭhahissāma na ghaṭessāma na vāyamissāma anavaññappaṭilābhāya lābhasakkārasilokappaṭilābhāya, khamā bhavissāma sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṁsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṁ duruttānaṁ durāgatānaṁ vacanapathānaṁ, uppannānaṁ sārīrikānaṁ vedanānaṁ dukkhānaṁ tibbānaṁ kharānaṁ kaṭukānaṁ asātānaṁ amanāpānaṁ pāṇaharānaṁ adhivāsakajātikā bhavissāmā’ti.  
‘We will not have many wishes or be frustrated. We will be content with any kind of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. We won’t focus our corrupt wishes on being looked up to, and on getting material possessions, honor, and popularity. We won’t try hard, strive, and make an effort to get these things. We will endure cold, heat, hunger, and thirst. We will endure the touch of flies, mosquitoes, wind, sun, and reptiles. We will endure rude and unwelcome criticism. We will put up with physical pain—sharp, severe, acute, unpleasant, disagreeable, and life-threatening.’  

an4.160lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.   It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  

an4.169lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.178lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.181lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with four qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these four qualities … is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an4.182lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ.   not an ascetic, a brahmin, a god, a Māra, a Brahmā, or anyone in the world.  
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ;  
 
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ;  
 
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ;  
 
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ.  
 
samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmin”ti.  
not an ascetic, a brahmin, a god, a Māra, a Brahmā, or anyone in the world.” 

an4.186attahitaparahitaubhayahitasabbalokahitameva1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, bhikkhu, paṇḍito mahāpañño nevattabyābādhāya ceteti na parabyābādhāya ceteti na ubhayabyābādhāya ceteti attahitaparahitaubhayahitasabbalokahitameva cintayamāno cinteti.   An astute person with great wisdom is one who has no intention to hurt themselves, or to hurt others, or to hurt both. When they think, they only think of the benefit for themselves, for others, for both, and for the whole world.  

an4.190lokasmiṁ lokassa lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Yathārūpā parisā dullabhā dassanāyapi lokasmiṁ, tathārūpo ayaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho, tathārūpāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā.   An assembly such as this is rarely seen in the world.  
Yathārūpā parisā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa, tathārūpo ayaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhusaṅgho, tathārūpāyaṁ, bhikkhave, parisā.  
An assembly such as this is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Firstly, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

an4.192lokadhamme lokadhammā lokasannivāse lokasannivāso lokaṁ10Pi En Ru dhamma

‘tathābhūto kho ayaṁ lokasannivāso tathābhūto ayaṁ attabhāvapaṭilābho yathābhūte lokasannivāse yathābhūte attabhāvapaṭilābhe aṭṭha lokadhammā lokaṁ anuparivattanti loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati—  ‘The world’s like that. Reincarnation’s like that. That’s why the eight worldly conditions revolve around the world, and the world revolves around the eight worldly conditions:  
‘tathābhūto kho ayaṁ lokasannivāso tathābhūto ayaṁ attabhāvapaṭilābho yathābhūte lokasannivāse yathābhūte attabhāvapaṭilābhe aṭṭha lokadhammā lokaṁ anuparivattanti loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati— 
‘The world’s like that. Reincarnation’s like that. That’s why the eight worldly conditions revolve around the world, and the world revolves around the eight worldly conditions:  

an4.193lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sadevako cepi, bhaddiya, loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṁ akusaladhammappahānāya kusaladhammūpasampadāya, sadevakassapissa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya.   If the whole world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—were to be converted by this, for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness.  

an4.198lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ lokassa lokavidū lokaṁ ālokasaññī6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  
Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.  
It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa.  
They give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and trustworthy, and don’t trick the world with their words.  
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti.  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.” 

an4.233lokaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

So sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   Having made these choices, they’re reborn in a hurtful world,  
Tamenaṁ sabyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ samānaṁ sabyābajjhā phassā phusanti.  
where hurtful contacts strike them.  
So abyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā abyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they’re reborn in a pleasing world,  
Tamenaṁ abyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ samānaṁ abyābajjhā phassā phusanti.  
where pleasing contacts strike them.  
So sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they are reborn in a world that is both hurtful and pleasing,  
Tamenaṁ sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṁ upapannaṁ samānaṁ sabyābajjhāpi abyābajjhāpi phassā phusanti.  
where hurtful and pleasing contacts strike them.  

an4.234lokassa lokaṁ7Pi En Ru dhamma

‘samaṇo gotamo sabbakammānaṁ akiriyaṁ paññapeti, sabbakammānaṁ kho pana akiriyaṁ paññapento ucchedaṁ āha lokassa’—  ‘The ascetic Gotama advocates not doing any deeds. So he teaches the annihilation of the world!’  
So sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
 
Tamenaṁ sabyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ samānaṁ sabyābajjhā phassā phusanti.  
 
So abyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā abyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
 
Tamenaṁ abyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ samānaṁ abyābajjhā phassā phusanti.  
 
So sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṁ upapajjati.  
 
Tamenaṁ sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṁ upapannaṁ samānaṁ sabyābajjhāpi abyābajjhāpi phassā phusanti.  
 

an4.241lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti.   It’s a mendicant who—with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion—is a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

an4.259lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with four qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these four qualities … is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an4.260lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with four qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these four qualities … is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an5.2lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  

an5.14lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  

an5.23lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṁ—ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannāti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti,   If you wish: ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: “These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. And may I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.’  

an5.30lokavidū lokaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavāti’.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
So taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyyā”ti.  
Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.”  
So taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyya.  
Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.  

an5.31lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyuṁ.   When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an5.32lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  

an5.34lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, sīha, dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   Furthermore, when a giver’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Yampi, sīha, dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati, idaṁ samparāyikaṁ dānaphalan”ti.  
This is a fruit of giving to do with lives to come.”  
‘dāyako, sīha, dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī’ti, etāhaṁ na jānāmi; ettha ca panāhaṁ bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmī”ti.  
‘When a giver’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ I don’t know this, so I have to rely on faith in the Buddha.”  
Dāyako dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatīti.  
When a giver’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an5.35lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an5.36paralokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puññāni paralokasmiṁ,   The good deeds of sentient beings  

an5.38lokasmiṁ lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

saddho kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   When their body breaks up, after death, the faithful are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Puññakkhettāni lokasmiṁ,  
fields of merit for the world,  

an5.40devalokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Nandino devalokasmiṁ,   they delight in the heavenly realm,  

an5.43lokasmiṁ9Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcime, gahapati, dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṁ.   “Householder, these five things that are likable, desirable, and agreeable are hard to get in the world.  
Āyu, gahapati, iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṁ;  
Long life,  
vaṇṇo iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṁ;  
beauty,  
sukhaṁ iṭṭhaṁ kantaṁ manāpaṁ dullabhaṁ lokasmiṁ;  
happiness,  
yaso iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṁ;  
fame,  
saggā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṁ.  
and heaven.  
Ime kho, gahapati, pañca dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the five things that are likable, desirable, and agreeable, but hard to get in the world.  
Imesaṁ kho, gahapati, pañcannaṁ dhammānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ dullabhānaṁ lokasmiṁ na āyācanahetu vā patthanāhetu vā paṭilābhaṁ vadāmi.  
And I say that these five things are not got by praying or wishing for them.  
Imesaṁ kho, gahapati, pañcannaṁ dhammānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ dullabhānaṁ lokasmiṁ āyācanahetu vā patthanāhetu vā paṭilābho abhavissa, ko idha kena hāyetha?  
If they were, who would lack them?  

an5.48lokasminti lokasmiṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, there are five things that cannot be had by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  
‘Jarādhammaṁ mā jīrī’ti alabbhanīyaṁ ṭhānaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.  
That someone liable to old age should not grow old.  
‘Byādhidhammaṁ mā byādhīyī’ti …pe… ‘maraṇadhammaṁ mā mīyī’ti … ‘khayadhammaṁ mā khīyī’ti … ‘nassanadhammaṁ mā nassī’ti alabbhanīyaṁ ṭhānaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.  
That someone liable to sickness should not get sick. … That someone liable to death should not die. … That someone liable to ending should not end. … That someone liable to perishing should not perish. …  
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasminti.  
These are the five things that cannot be had by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  

an5.49lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

“pañcimāni, mahārāja, alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.   “Great king, there are five things that cannot be had by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  

an5.50lokasminti lokasmiṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcimāni, mahārāja, alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.   “Great king, there are five things that cannot be had by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  
‘Jarādhammaṁ mā jīrī’ti alabbhanīyaṁ ṭhānaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.  
That someone liable to old age should not grow old. …  
‘Byādhidhammaṁ mā byādhīyī’ti …pe… ‘maraṇadhammaṁ mā mīyī’ti … ‘khayadhammaṁ mā khīyī’ti … ‘nassanadhammaṁ mā nassī’ti alabbhanīyaṁ ṭhānaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.  
That someone liable to sickness should not get sick. … That someone liable to death should not die. … That someone liable to ending should not end. … That someone liable to perishing should not perish. …  
Imāni kho, mahārāja, pañca alabbhanīyāni ṭhānāni samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasminti.  
These are the five things that cannot be had by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  

an5.53lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  

an5.75lokasmiṁ ālokasaññī8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, yodhājīvā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these five warriors are found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo yodhājīvo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the first warrior found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo yodhājīvo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the second warrior found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo yodhājīvo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the third warrior found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, catuttho yodhājīvo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the fourth warrior found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcamo yodhājīvo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the fifth warrior found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca yodhājīvā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the five warriors found in the world.  
thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti;  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, he meditates with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  

an5.76lokasmiṁ7Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, yodhājīvā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these five warriors are found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo yodhājīvo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the first warrior found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo yodhājīvo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the second warrior found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo yodhājīvo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the third warrior found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, catuttho yodhājīvo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the fourth warrior found in the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcamo yodhājīvo santo saṁvijjamāno lokasmiṁ.  
This is the fifth warrior found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca yodhājīvā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the five warriors found in the world.  

an5.100lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Pañcime, moggallāna, satthāro santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   Moggallāna, there are these five teachers found in the world.  
Ime kho, moggallāna, pañca satthāro santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the five teachers found in the world.  

an5.107lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, a mendicant with five qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these five qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an5.108lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, a mendicant with five qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these five qualities … is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an5.130lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Na, bhikkhave, sattā ñātisampadāhetu vā bhogasampadāhetu vā ārogyasampadāhetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.   It is not because of endowment with relatives, wealth, or health that sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Sīlasampadāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā diṭṭhisampadāhetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
It is because of endowment with ethics or view that sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an5.131lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

taṁ hoti cakkaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.   And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  
taṁ hoti dhammacakkaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.  
And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.” 

an5.132lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

taṁ hoti cakkaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.   And that wheel cannot be turned back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  
taṁ hoti cakkaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.  
And that wheel cannot be turned back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.” 

an5.133lokasmin’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

taṁ hoti cakkaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.   And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.” 

an5.135lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  

an5.139lokassa lokassā’ti4Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgato bhikkhu na āhuneyyo hoti na pāhuneyyo na dakkhiṇeyyo na añjalikaraṇīyo na anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with five qualities is not worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, not worthy of hospitality, not worthy of a religious donation, not worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is not the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu na āhuneyyo hoti na pāhuneyyo na dakkhiṇeyyo na añjalikaraṇīyo na anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
A mendicant with these five qualities is not worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, not worthy of hospitality, not worthy of a religious donation, not worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is not the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
In the same way, a mendicant with five qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these five qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an5.140lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with five qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these five qualities … is the supreme field of merit for the world.”  

an5.141lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these five people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the five people found in the world.” 

an5.142lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcime, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these five people are found in the world.  

an5.143lokasmin’ti lokasmin’’ti lokasmiṁ21Pi En Ru dhamma

“pañcannaṁ ratanānaṁ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ.   “The appearance of five treasures is rare in the world.  
Hatthiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, assaratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, maṇiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, itthiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, gahapatiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
The elephant-treasure, the horse-treasure, the jewel-treasure, the woman-treasure, and the householder-treasure.  
Imesaṁ pañcannaṁ ratanānaṁ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmin”ti.  
The appearance of these five treasures is rare in the world.”  
‘pañcannaṁ ratanānaṁ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
‘The appearance of five treasures is rare in the world. …’”  
Hatthiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, assaratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, maṇiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, itthiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, gahapatiratanassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
 
Imesaṁ pañcannaṁ ratanānaṁ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmin’”ti.  
 
Pañcannaṁ, licchavī, ratanānaṁ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
Licchavis, the appearance of five treasures is rare in the world.  
Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ,  
The appearance of a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha.  
tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desetā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ,  
A person who explains the teaching and training proclaimed by a Realized One.  
tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desitassa viññātā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ,  
A person who understands the teaching and training proclaimed by a Realized One.  
tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desitassa viññātā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ,  
A person who practices in line with the teaching.  
kataññū katavedī puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
A person who is grateful and thankful.  
Imesaṁ kho, licchavī, pañcannaṁ ratanānaṁ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmin”ti.  
The appearance of these five treasures is rare in the world.” 

an5.179devalokañca lokassā’ti lokavidū3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
Devalokañca te yanti,  
they go to the realm of the gods,  

an5.192brahmalokaṁ lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

So evaṁ pabbajito samāno mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.   Then they meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
So ime cattāro brahmavihāre bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ brahmalokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having developed these four divine meditations, when the body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a divine realm of Brahmā.  
So ime cattāro jhāne bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having developed these four absorptions, when the body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an5.195lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ7Pi En Ru dhamma

“pañcannaṁ, licchavī, ratanānaṁ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ.   “Licchavis, the appearance of five treasures is rare in the world.  
Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha.  
Tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desetā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
A person who explains the teaching and training proclaimed by a Realized One.  
Tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desitassa viññātā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
A person who understands the teaching and training proclaimed by a Realized One.  
Tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desitassa viññātā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
A person who practices in line with the teaching.  
Kataññū katavedī puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
A person who is grateful and thankful.  
Imesaṁ kho, licchavī, pañcannaṁ ratanānaṁ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmin”ti.  
The appearance of these five treasures is rare in the world.” 

an5.203lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with five qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these five qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an5.213lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   Furthermore, when an ethical person’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an5.214lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Na musā bhaṇati, na pisuṇaṁ bhaṇati, na pharusaṁ bhaṇati, na samphappalāpaṁ bhaṇati, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, and nonsensical. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an5.215lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo, na verabahulo hoti, na vajjabahulo, asammūḷho kālaṁ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   Most people find you dear and lovable. You have little enmity and few faults. You don’t feel lost when you die. And when your body breaks up, after death, you’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an5.216lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bahuno janassa piyo hoti manāpo, aluddo ca hoti, avippaṭisārī ca, asammūḷho kālaṁ karoti, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   Most people find you likable and lovable. You’re neither cruel nor remorseful. You don’t feel lost when you die. And when your body breaks up, after death, you’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an5.217lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   And when the body breaks up, after death, you’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an5.241lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   When your body breaks up, after death, you’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an5.244lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.    

an6.1lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”  

an6.2lokassa lokassā’ti lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an6.3lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an6.4lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an6.5lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an6.6lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an6.7lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an6.10lokassā’ti lokavidū2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an6.25lokassā’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.   ‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an6.26lokassā’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.   ‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an6.29ālokasaññaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhikkhu ālokasaññaṁ manasi karoti, divā saññaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, yathā divā tathā rattiṁ, yathā rattiṁ tathā divā;   Furthermore, a mendicant focuses on the perception of light, concentrating on the perception of day regardless of whether it’s night or day.  

an6.34brahmalokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena tisso nāma bhikkhu adhunākālaṅkato aññataraṁ brahmalokaṁ upapanno hoti.   Now, at that time a monk called Tissa had recently passed away and been reborn in a Brahmā realm.  

an6.37lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Abyāpajjaṁ sukhaṁ lokaṁ,   that astute one is reborn  

an6.42lokaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ …pe… arahataṁ dassanaṁ hotī”ti.   He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others. He teaches Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased; and he explains a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. It’s good to see such perfected ones.”  
so taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyyā”ti.  
Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.”  
so taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyya.  
Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.  
So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nikāmayamāno riñcati paṭisallānaṁ riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni;  
Enjoying possessions, honor, and popularity they neglect retreat, and they neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.  
So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ paṭipaṇāmetvā na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ na riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni.  
Fending off possessions, honor, and popularity they don’t neglect retreat, and they don’t neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.  

an6.44lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Chayime, ānanda, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   These six people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, ānanda, cha puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These six people are found in the world.  

an6.45lokasmiṁ12Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dāliddiyaṁ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti?   “Mendicants, isn’t poverty suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?”  
“Yampi, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko iṇaṁ ādiyati, iṇādānampi, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti?  
“When a poor, penniless person falls into debt, isn’t being in debt also suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?”  
“Yampi, bhikkhave, daliddo assako anāḷhiko iṇaṁ ādiyitvā vaḍḍhiṁ paṭissuṇāti, vaḍḍhipi, bhikkhave, dukkhā lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti?  
“When a poor person who has fallen into debt agrees to pay interest, isn’t the interest also suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?”  
codanāpi, bhikkhave, dukkhā lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti?  
Isn’t being warned suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?”  
anucariyāpi, bhikkhave, dukkhā lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti?  
Isn’t being prosecuted suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?”  
bandhanampi, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino”ti?  
Isn’t being imprisoned suffering in the world for a person who enjoys sensual pleasures?”  
“Iti kho, bhikkhave, dāliddiyampi dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino, iṇādānampi dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino, vaḍḍhipi dukkhā lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino, codanāpi dukkhā lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino, anucariyāpi dukkhā lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino, bandhanampi dukkhaṁ lokasmiṁ kāmabhogino;  
“So mendicants, poverty, debt, interest, warnings, prosecution, and imprisonment are suffering in the world for those who enjoy sensual pleasures.  

an6.46lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Acchariyā hete, āvuso, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, ye amataṁ dhātuṁ kāyena phusitvā viharanti.   Because it’s incredibly rare to find individuals in the world who have direct meditative experience of the element free of death.  
Acchariyā hete, āvuso, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṁ ye gambhīraṁ atthapadaṁ paññāya ativijjha passantī”ti.  
Because it’s incredibly rare to find individuals in the world who see the meaning of a deep saying with penetrating wisdom.” 

an6.52brahmalokapariyosānā’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Brāhmaṇā kho, brāhmaṇa, bhogādhippāyā paññūpavicārā mantādhiṭṭhānā yaññābhinivesā brahmalokapariyosānā”ti.   “Brahmins have wealth as their ambition. They’re preoccupied with wisdom. They’re dedicated to the hymns. They insist on sacrifice. Their ultimate goal is the Brahmā realm.”  

an6.54brahmalokasahabyatāya lokaṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

Sunetto satthā sāvakānaṁ brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desesi.   He taught them the path to rebirth in the company of Brahmā.  
Ye kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni na pasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjiṁsu.  
Those lacking confidence in Sunetta were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
Ye kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni pasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjiṁsu.  
Those full of confidence in Sunetta were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Jotipālo satthā sāvakānaṁ brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desesi.  
He taught them the way to rebirth in the company of Brahmā.  
Ye kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, jotipālassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni na pasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjiṁsu.  
Those lacking confidence in Jotipāla were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
Ye kho pana, brāhmaṇa dhammika, jotipālassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni pasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjiṁsu.  
Those full of confidence in Jotipāla were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an6.55lābhasakkārasilokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nūna ayamāyasmā nikāmayamāno pavivekādhimutto’ti.   ‘Maybe this venerable is dedicated to seclusion because they enjoy possessions, honor, and popularity.’  

an6.57lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

So kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā, manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
So kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā, manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an6.58lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, a mendicant with six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these six qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an6.59lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

So tvaṁ pasannacitto kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissasī”ti.   and when your body breaks up, after death, you’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  

an6.63devalokagamanīyā devalokavedanīyaṁ manussalokagamanīyā manussalokavedanīyaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā nirayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā tiracchānayonigamanīyā, atthi āsavā pettivisayagamanīyā, atthi āsavā manussalokagamanīyā, atthi āsavā devalokagamanīyā.   There are defilements that lead to rebirth in hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, the human world, and the world of the gods.  
Atthi, bhikkhave, kammaṁ nirayavedanīyaṁ, atthi kammaṁ tiracchānayonivedanīyaṁ, atthi kammaṁ pettivisayavedanīyaṁ, atthi kammaṁ manussalokavedanīyaṁ, atthi kammaṁ devalokavedanīyaṁ.  
There are deeds that lead to rebirth in hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, the human world, and the world of the gods.  

an6.80ālokabahulo1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ālokabahulo ca hoti yogabahulo ca vedabahulo ca asantuṭṭhibahulo ca anikkhittadhuro ca kusalesu dhammesu uttari ca patāreti.   It’s when a mendicant is full of light, full of practice, full of inspiration, and full of eagerness. They don’t slack off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. They reach further.  

an6.96lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Channaṁ, bhikkhave, pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, the appearance of six things is rare in the world.  
Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmiṁ, tathāgatappaveditassa dhammavinayassa desetā puggalo dullabho lokasmiṁ, ariyāyatane paccājāti dullabhā lokasmiṁ, indriyānaṁ avekallatā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, ajaḷatā aneḷamūgatā dullabhā lokasmiṁ, kusale dhamme chando dullabho lokasmiṁ.  
A Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha. A person who teaches the teaching and training proclaimed by a Realized One. Rebirth in a civilized region. Unimpaired sense faculties. Being bright and clever. Enthusiasm for skillful qualities.  
Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, channaṁ pātubhāvo dullabho lokasmin”ti.  
The appearance of these six things is rare in the world.” 

an7.14lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, these seven people are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
These are the seven people who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an7.15lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sattime, bhikkhave, udakūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these seven people found in the world are like those in water.  
So tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti.  
With the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta udakūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These seven people found in the world are like those in water.” 

an7.16lokassa lokassā’ti5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, these seven people are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo puggalo āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
This is the first person.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puggalo āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
This is the second person.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamo puggalo āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
This is the seventh person.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
These are the seven people who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an7.17lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, these seven people are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.  

an7.19lokassa lokassā’ti4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ayaṁ bhikkhave, paṭhamo puggalo āhuneyyo …pe… puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   This is the first person worthy of offerings.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puggalo āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
This is the second person.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamo puggalo āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
This is the seventh person.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
These are the seven people who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an7.49lokacitresu4Pi En Ru dhamma

Sabbaloke anabhiratasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṁ viharato lokacitresu cittaṁ patilīyati …pe…   When a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of dissatisfaction with the whole world, their mind draws back from the world’s shiny things. …  
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sabbaloke anabhiratasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato lokacitresu cittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti.  
 
Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sabbaloke anabhiratasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato lokacitresu cittaṁ anusandahati appaṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti;  
 
Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sabbaloke anabhiratasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato lokacitresu cittaṁ patilīyati …pe… upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti;  
 

an7.56brahmalokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena tisso nāma bhikkhu adhunākālaṅkato aññataraṁ brahmalokaṁ upapanno hoti.   Now, at that time a monk called Tissa had recently passed away and been reborn in a Brahmā realm.  

an7.57lokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sīha, ko nu kho kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya:   “When their body breaks up, after death, which do you think would be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm?”  
“Yo so, bhante, puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, kiṁ so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissati.  
“Why would the person who is faithless, stingy, miserly, and abusive be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm?  
Yo ca kho so, bhante, puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya.  
The faithful donor who loves charity would, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
‘dāyako, sīha, dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī’ti.  
‘When a giver’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ I don’t know this,  
Dāyako, sīha, dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī”ti.  
When a giver’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 

an7.58lokasmiṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessati:   I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying:  
Tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessati:  
I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying:  
Tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessati:  
I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying:  

an7.61ālokasaññaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, ālokasaññaṁ manasi kareyyāsi, divāsaññaṁ adhiṭṭhaheyyāsi—  But what if that doesn’t work? Then focus on the perception of light, concentrating on the perception of day:  

an7.62lokamhi lokasmiṁ lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Satta vassāni mettacittaṁ bhāvetvā satta saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe nayimaṁ lokaṁ punāgamāsiṁ.   As a result, for seven eons of the cosmos contracting and expanding I didn’t return to this world again.  
Nayimaṁ lokaṁ punāgamiṁ.  
I didn’t return to this world again.  
Saṁvaṭṭamāne lokamhi,  
As the world contracted  
Vivaṭṭamāne lokasmiṁ,  
And when it expanded  

an7.64lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

imaṁ lokaṁ avekkhati;   who shows him the world.  

an7.66brahmalokasahabyatāya brahmalokaṁ lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Sunetto, bhikkhave, satthā sāvakānaṁ brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desesi.   He taught them the path to rebirth in the company of Brahmā.  
Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa sabbena sabbaṁ sāsanaṁ ājāniṁsu te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ brahmalokaṁ upapajjiṁsu.  
Those who totally understood Sunetta’s teachings were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a good place, the company of Brahmā.  
Satta vassāni mettaṁ cittaṁ bhāvetvā satta saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe nayimaṁ lokaṁ punarāgamāsi.  
Having done so he did not return to this world for seven eons of cosmic expansion and contraction.  

an7.68lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “A mendicant with seven qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these seven qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an7.73brahmalokasahabyatāya lokaṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

Sunetto satthā sāvakānaṁ brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desesi.   He taught them the path to rebirth in the company of Brahmā.  
Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni nappasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjiṁsu.  
Those lacking confidence in Sunetta were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni pasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjiṁsu.  
Those full of confidence in Sunetta were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Arako nāma satthā sāvakānaṁ brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desesi.  
He taught them the way to rebirth in the company of Brahmā.  
Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, arakassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni nappasādesuṁ, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjiṁsu.  
Those lacking confidence in Araka were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, arakassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni pasādesuṁ, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjiṁsu.  
Those full of confidence in Araka were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

an7.95lokassa lokassā’ti5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, these seven people are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, paṭhamo puggalo āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
This is the first person who is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puggalo āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
This is the second person who is worthy of offerings …  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamo puggalo āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
This is the seventh person.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti. 
These are the seven people who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an7.96-614lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, these seven people are worthy of offerings …  
lokassā”ti.  
 

an8.5lokadhamme lokadhammā lokaṁ paṭhamalokadhammasutta7Pi En Ru dhamma

Paṭhamalokadhammasutta   Worldly Conditions (1st)  
“Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, lokadhammā lokaṁ anuparivattanti, loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati.  
“Mendicants, the eight worldly conditions revolve around the world, and the world revolves around the eight worldly conditions.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha lokadhammā lokaṁ anuparivattanti, loko ca ime aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattatīti.  
These eight worldly conditions revolve around the world, and the world revolves around these eight worldly conditions.  

an8.6dutiyalokadhammasutta lokadhamme lokadhammā lokaṁ7Pi En Ru dhamma

Dutiyalokadhammasutta   Worldly Conditions (2nd)  
“Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, lokadhammā lokaṁ anuparivattanti, loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati.  
“Mendicants, the eight worldly conditions revolve around the world, and the world revolves around the eight worldly conditions.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha lokadhammā lokaṁ anuparivattanti, loko ca ime aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati.  
These eight worldly conditions revolve around the world, and the world revolves around these eight worldly conditions.  

an8.9anuvilokayato ālokayato2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘evaṁ me puratthimaṁ disaṁ ālokayato nābhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssavissantī’ti.   ‘When I look to the east, bad, unskillful qualities of covetousness and displeasure will not overwhelm me.’  
‘evaṁ me anudisaṁ anuvilokayato nābhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssavissantī’ti.  
‘When I survey the intermediate directions, bad, unskillful qualities of covetousness and displeasure will not overwhelm me.’  

an8.11lokassa lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, jeṭṭho seṭṭho lokassa.   So, brahmin, I am the eldest and the first in the world.  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā, vacīduccaritena samannāgatā, manoduccaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṁ upavādakā, micchādiṭṭhikā, micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannāti. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā, vacīsucaritena samannāgatā, manosucaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṁ anupavādakā, sammādiṭṭhikā, sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I saw sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understood how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I saw sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understood how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

an8.13lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   In the same way, a mendicant with eight qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these eight qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an8.22lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘natthi taṁ saṁyojanaṁ yena saṁyutto uggo gahapati hatthigāmako puna imaṁ lokaṁ āgaccheyyā’ti.   ‘The householder Ugga of Elephant Village is bound by no fetter that might return him to this world.’  

an8.29lokasmiṁ lokavidū lokaṁ manussalokaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito;   Firstly, a Realized One has arisen in the world—perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. He teaches the Dhamma leading to peace, extinguishment, awakening, as proclaimed by the Holy One.  
‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammā paṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti …pe….  
‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’ This is the sixth lost opportunity …  
Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.  
It’s when a Realized One has arisen in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
Manussalābhaṁ laddhāna,  
When you’ve gained the human state,  
Manussalābhaṁ → manussalokaṁ (sya-all)  
yaṁ lokasmiṁ sudullabhaṁ;  
so hard to find in the world,  

an8.32devalokan’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

Etena hi gacchati devalokan”ti.   which leads to the heavenly realm.” 

an8.33lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Chandā dānaṁ deti, dosā dānaṁ deti, mohā dānaṁ deti, bhayā dānaṁ deti, ‘dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ pitupitāmahehi, nārahāmi porāṇaṁ kulavaṁsaṁ hāpetun’ti dānaṁ deti, ‘imāhaṁ dānaṁ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti dānaṁ deti, ‘imaṁ me dānaṁ dadato cittaṁ pasīdati, attamanatā somanassaṁ upajāyatī’ti dānaṁ deti, cittālaṅkāracittaparikkhāratthaṁ dānaṁ deti.   A person might give a gift out of favoritism or hostility or stupidity or cowardice. Or they give thinking, ‘Giving was practiced by my father and my father’s father. It would not be right for me to abandon this family tradition.’ Or they give thinking, ‘After I’ve given this gift, when my body breaks up, after death, I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ Or they give thinking, ‘When giving this gift my mind becomes clear, and I become happy and joyful.’ Or they give a gift thinking, ‘This is an adornment and requisite for the mind.’  

an8.34lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokaṁ ñatvā yathābhūtaṁ,   Truly knowing the world,  

an8.37lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Abyābajjhaṁ sukhaṁ lokaṁ,   Such an astute person is reborn  

an8.38lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

sa lokaṁ bhajate sivan”ti.   they’ll enjoy a world of grace.” 

an8.41lokassa2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Yāvajīvaṁ arahanto musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭiviratā saccavādino saccasandhā thetā paccayikā avisaṁvādako lokassa.   ‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and trustworthy, and don’t trick the world with their words.  
Ahampajja imañca rattiṁ imañca divasaṁ musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa.  
I, too, for this day and night will give up lying. I’ll speak the truth and stick to the truth. I’ll be honest and trustworthy, and won’t trick the world with my words.  

an8.44lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sadevako cepi, vāseṭṭha, loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavaseyyuṁ, sadevakassapissa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya.   If the whole world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—were to observe this sabbath with its eight factors, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness.  

an8.49devalokaṁ idhalokavijayāya lokavidū paralokavijayāya paṭhamalokavijayasuttaṁ7Pi En Ru dhamma

Paṭhamaidhalokikasutta   Winning in This Life (1st)  
Paṭhamaidhalokikasutta → paṭhamalokavijayasuttaṁ (bj) 
“Catūhi kho, visākhe, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, ayaṁsa loko āraddho hoti.  
“Visākhā, a female who has four qualities is practicing to win in this life, and she succeeds at it.  
Imehi kho, visākhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, ayaṁsa loko āraddho hoti.  
A female who has these four qualities is practicing to win in this life, and she succeeds at it.  
Catūhi kho, visākhe, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo paralokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraloko āraddho hoti.  
A female who has four qualities is practicing to win in the next life, and she succeeds at it.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
Imehi kho, visākhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo paralokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraloko āraddho hotīti.  
A female who has these four qualities is practicing to win in the next life, and she succeeds at it.  
Upapajjati devalokaṁ manāpan”ti.  
is reborn in the realm of the Lovable Gods.” 

an8.50devalokaṁ idhalokavijayāya paralokavijayāya5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, ayaṁsa loko āraddho hoti.   “Mendicants, a female who has four qualities is practicing to win in this life, and she succeeds at it.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, ayaṁsa loko āraddho hoti.  
A female who has these four qualities is practicing to win in this life, and she succeeds at it.  
Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo paralokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraloko āraddho hoti.  
A female who has four qualities is practicing to win in the next life, and she succeeds at it.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo paralokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraloko āraddho hotīti.  
A female who has these four qualities is practicing to win in the next life, and she succeeds at it.  
Upapajjati devalokaṁ manāpan”ti.  
is reborn in the realm of the Lovable Gods.”  

an8.57lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, a mendicant with eight qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these eight qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an8.58lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “A mendicant with eight qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these eight qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an8.59lokassa lokassāti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa?   “Mendicants, these eight people are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
These are the eight people who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.  

an8.60lokassa lokassāti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, these eight people are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
These are the eight people who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.  

an8.61lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, there are eight kinds of people found in the world.  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the eight people found in the world.” 

an8.77lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhime, āvuso, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Reverends, these eight people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, āvuso, aṭṭha puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These eight people are found in the world.” 

an8.86lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

so taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyyā”ti.   Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.”  
so taṁ mīḷhasukhaṁ middhasukhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṁ sādiyeyya.  
Let them enjoy the filthy, lazy pleasure of possessions, honor, and popularity.  
So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nikāmayamāno riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni;  
Enjoying possessions, honor, and popularity they neglect retreat, and they neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.  
So taṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ paṭipaṇāmetvā na riñcati paṭisallānaṁ, na riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni.  
Fending off possessions, honor, and popularity they don’t neglect retreat, and they don’t neglect remote lodgings in the wilderness and the forest.  

an9.5asilokabhayassa asilokabhayaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ājīvikabhayaṁ, asilokabhayaṁ, parisasārajjabhayaṁ, maraṇabhayaṁ, duggatibhayaṁ.   Fear regarding livelihood, disrepute, feeling insecure in an assembly, death, and bad rebirth.  
Nāhaṁ asilokabhayassa bhāyāmi …pe…  
I have no fear of disrepute …  

an9.9lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Navayime, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these nine people are found in the world.  
ime kho, bhikkhave, nava puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the nine people found in the world.” 

an9.10lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Navayime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, these nine people are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.  
ime kho, bhikkhave, nava puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
These are the nine people who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.”  

an9.12lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

So tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti.   With the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

an9.18lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.   They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

an9.27lokassā’ti lokavidū2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho; yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an9.36palokato6Pi En Ru dhamma

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.   They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.  
They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.  
 
So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.  
They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.  
They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.  
They contemplate the phenomena there—included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  

an9.38lokamhā’ti lokapariyāpanno lokassa lokaṁ34Pi En Ru dhamma

‘ahaṁ anantena ñāṇena anantaṁ lokaṁ jānaṁ passaṁ viharāmī’ti.   ‘With infinite knowledge I know and see that the cosmos is infinite.’  
‘ahaṁ anantena ñāṇena anantaṁ lokaṁ jānaṁ passaṁ viharāmī’ti.  
‘With infinite knowledge I know and see that the cosmos is finite.’  
‘ahaṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ pāpuṇissāmī’ti.  
‘I will reach the end of the world by traveling.’  
So aññatreva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṁ gantvā appatvāva lokassa antaṁ antarā kālaṁ kareyya.  
Though he’d travel for his whole lifespan of a hundred years—pausing only to eat and drink, go to the toilet, and sleep to dispel weariness—he’d die along the way, never reaching the end of the world.  
‘ahaṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ pāpuṇissāmī’ti.  
‘I will reach the end of the world by traveling.’  
So aññatreva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṁ gantvā appatvāva lokassa antaṁ antarā kālaṁ kareyya.  
Though he’d travel for his whole lifespan of a hundred years—pausing only to eat and drink, go to the toilet, and sleep to dispel weariness—he’d die along the way, never reaching the end of the world.  
Nāhaṁ, brāhmaṇā, evarūpāya sandhāvanikāya lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmi.  
I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by running like this.  
Na cāhaṁ, brāhmaṇā, appatvāva lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmi.  
But I also say there’s no making an end of suffering without reaching the end of the world.  
Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma, lokassa ante viharati’.  
This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world.  
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.  
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’  
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.  
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’  
Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati’.  
This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world.  
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.  
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’  
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.  
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’  
Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati’.  
This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world.  
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.  
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’  
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.  
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’  
Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati’.  
This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world.  
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.  
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’  
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.  
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’  
Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati tiṇṇo loke visattikan’”ti.  
This is called a mendicant who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world. And they’ve crossed over clinging to the world.” 

an9.40ālokasaññī1Pi En Ru dhamma

thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti;   Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind free of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  

an10.6idhalokasaññī paralokasaññī8Pi En Ru dhamma

“siyā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti?   “Could it be, sir, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. And they wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And yet they would still perceive.”  
“Siyā, ānanda, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
“It could be, Ānanda, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this. They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. And they wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And yet they would still perceive.”  
“Yathā kathaṁ pana, bhante, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti?  
“But how could this be, sir?”  
Evaṁ kho, ānanda, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this. They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. And they wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And yet they would still perceive.” 

an10.7idhalokasaññī paralokasaññī5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Siyā nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti?   “Could it be, reverend Sāriputta, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. And they wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And yet they would still perceive.”  
“Siyā, āvuso ānanda, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa …pe… na paraloke paralokasaññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
“It could be, Reverend Ānanda.”  
Tatthāhaṁ tathārūpaṁ samādhiṁ samāpajjiṁ yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī ahosiṁ, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī ahosiṁ, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī ahosiṁ, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī ahosiṁ, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī ahosiṁ, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī ahosiṁ, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī ahosiṁ, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī ahosiṁ, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī ahosiṁ, na paraloke paralokasaññī ahosiṁ; saññī ca pana ahosin”ti.  
There I gained a state of immersion like this. I didn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And I didn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. And I didn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And yet I still perceived.”  

an10.16lokassa lokassā’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dasayime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, these ten people are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.  
ime kho, bhikkhave, dasa puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
These are the ten people who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an10.21lokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato anekadhātuṁ nānādhātuṁ lokaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.   Furthermore, the Realized One truly understands the world with its many and diverse elements.  
anekadhātuṁ nānādhātuṁ lokaṁ → anekadhātu nānādhātu lokaṁ (bj, pts1ed, mr) 
Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato anekadhātuṁ nānādhātuṁ lokaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, idampi, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti …pe… brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti.  
Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. …  
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
Furthermore, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, the Realized One sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. He understands how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, he sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. He understands how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

an10.22lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, tathāgato anekadhātuṁ nānādhātuṁ lokaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.   Furthermore, the Realized One truly understands the world with its many and diverse elements.  

an10.27lokadhammesu1Pi En Ru dhamma

Aṭṭhasu lokadhammesu—  The eight worldly conditions. …  

an10.29lokadhātu1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sahassī lokadhātu, mahābrahmā tattha aggamakkhāyati.   As far as the galaxy extends, the Great Brahmā is said to be the foremost.  

an10.30lokassa lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhagavā āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   Furthermore, the Buddha is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Yampi, bhante, bhagavā āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa, idampi kho ahaṁ, bhante, atthavasaṁ sampassamāno bhagavati evarūpaṁ paramanipaccakāraṁ karomi, mettūpahāraṁ upadaṁsemi.  
This is another reason that I demonstrate such utmost devotion for the Buddha, conveying my manifest love.  
Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati …pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
Furthermore, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, the Buddha sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. He understands how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ He understands how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

an10.59lokassa6Pi En Ru dhamma

aniccasaññāparicitañca no cittaṁ bhavissati, anattasaññāparicitañca no cittaṁ bhavissati, asubhasaññāparicitañca no cittaṁ bhavissati, ādīnavasaññāparicitañca no cittaṁ bhavissati, lokassa samañca visamañca ñatvā taṁsaññāparicitañca no cittaṁ bhavissati, lokassa bhavañca vibhavañca ñatvā taṁsaññāparicitañca no cittaṁ bhavissati, lokassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca ñatvā taṁsaññāparicitañca no cittaṁ bhavissati, pahānasaññāparicitañca no cittaṁ bhavissati, virāgasaññāparicitañca no cittaṁ bhavissati, nirodhasaññāparicitañca no cittaṁ bhavissatī’ti—  Our minds will be consolidated in the perceptions of impermanence, not-self, ugliness, and drawbacks. Knowing what is fair and unfair in the world, our minds will be consolidated in that perception. Knowing continued existence and ending of existence in the world, our minds will be consolidated in that perception. Knowing the origination and ending of the world, our minds will be consolidated in that perception. Our minds will be consolidated in the perceptions of giving up, fading away, and cessation.’  
Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yathāpabbajjāparicitañca cittaṁ hoti na cuppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṁ pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti, aniccasaññāparicitañca cittaṁ hoti, anattasaññāparicitañca cittaṁ hoti, asubhasaññāparicitañca cittaṁ hoti, ādīnavasaññāparicitañca cittaṁ hoti, lokassa samañca visamañca ñatvā taṁsaññāparicitañca cittaṁ hoti, lokassa bhavañca vibhavañca ñatvā taṁsaññāparicitañca cittaṁ hoti, lokassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca ñatvā taṁsaññāparicitañca cittaṁ hoti, pahānasaññāparicitañca cittaṁ hoti, virāgasaññāparicitañca cittaṁ hoti, nirodhasaññāparicitañca cittaṁ hoti, tassa dvinnaṁ phalānaṁ aññataraṁ phalaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ— 
When your minds are consolidated in these ten perceptions, you can expect one of two results:  

an10.69lokakkhāyikaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ iti vāti.   talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and well talk; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that state of existence.  
rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ iti vāti.  
 

an10.73lokasmiṁ15Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dasayime, bhikkhave, dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṁ.   “Mendicants, these ten likable, desirable, and agreeable things are rare in the world.  
Bhogā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṁ;  
Wealth,  
vaṇṇo iṭṭho kanto manāpo dullabho lokasmiṁ;  
beauty,  
ārogyaṁ iṭṭhaṁ kantaṁ manāpaṁ dullabhaṁ lokasmiṁ;  
health,  
sīlaṁ iṭṭhaṁ kantaṁ manāpaṁ dullabhaṁ lokasmiṁ;  
ethical conduct,  
brahmacariyaṁ iṭṭhaṁ kantaṁ manāpaṁ dullabhaṁ lokasmiṁ;  
the spiritual life,  
mittā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṁ;  
friends,  
bāhusaccaṁ iṭṭhaṁ kantaṁ manāpaṁ dullabhaṁ lokasmiṁ;  
learning,  
paññā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṁ;  
wisdom,  
dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṁ;  
good qualities,  
saggā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā dullabhā lokasmiṁ.  
and heaven are likable, desirable, and agreeable things that are rare in the world.  
Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, dasannaṁ dhammānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ dullabhānaṁ lokasmiṁ dasa dhammā paripanthā— 
Ten things hinder the ten likable, desirable, and agreeable things that are rare in the world.  
Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, dasannaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ dullabhānaṁ lokasmiṁ ime dasa dhammā paripanthā.  
These ten things hinder the ten likable, desirable, and agreeable things that are rare in the world.  
Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, dasannaṁ dhammānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ dullabhānaṁ lokasmiṁ dasa dhammā āhārā— 
Ten things nourish the ten likable, desirable, and agreeable things that are rare in the world.  
Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, dasannaṁ dhammānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ dullabhānaṁ lokasmiṁ ime dasa dhammā āhārā”ti.  
These ten things nourish the ten likable, desirable, and agreeable things that are rare in the world.” 

an10.75lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Dasayime, ānanda, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   These ten people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, ānanda, dasa puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These ten people are found in the world.  

an10.91lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dasayime, gahapati, kāmabhogī santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “These ten pleasure seekers are found in the world.  
Ime kho, gahapati, dasa kāmabhogī santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These are the ten pleasure seekers found in the world.  

an10.92lokassā’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti;   ‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an10.95lokamhā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho evamettha tathāgatassa hoti: ‘ye kho keci lokamhā nīyiṁsu vā nīyanti vā nīyissanti vā, sabbe te pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā, satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṁ bhāvetvā.   But the Realized One knows that whoever is saved from the world—whether in the past, the future, or the present—all have given up the five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom. They have firmly established their mind in the four kinds of mindfulness meditation. And they have truly developed the seven awakening factors.  
Evamete lokamhā nīyiṁsu vā nīyanti vā nīyissanti vā’ti.  
That’s how they’re saved from the world, in the past, future, or present.  

an10.97lokassa lokassā’ti lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Dasahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   “Mendicants, a mendicant with ten qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
Dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata kho bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dasahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
A mendicant with these ten qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” 

an10.99lokassa lokavidū lokaṁ ālokasaññī4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha kho pana vo, upāli, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.   “But then a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa.  
They give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and trustworthy, and don’t trick the world with their words.  
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti.  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  

an10.176lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.   ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ, atthi hutaṁ, atthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, atthi ayaṁ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  

an10.211lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.   ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ, atthi hutaṁ, atthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, atthi ayaṁ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  

an10.212lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘atthi dinnaṁ …pe… ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.    

an10.216lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.    

an10.217lokaṁ10Pi En Ru dhamma

‘natthi dinnaṁ …pe… ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.   ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ …pe… ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
Tividhakāyakammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; catubbidhavacīkammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; tividhamanokammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
When their body breaks up, after death, sentient beings are reborn in a good place, in heaven because of these three kinds of successful bodily action, these four kinds of successful verbal action, or these three kinds of successful mental action that have skillful intention, with happiness as their outcome and result.  
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tividhakāyakammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; catubbidhavacīkammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; tividhamanokammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
In the same way, when their body breaks up, after death, sentient beings are reborn in a good place, in heaven because of these three kinds of successful bodily action, these four kinds of successful verbal action, or these three kinds of successful mental action that have skillful intention, with happiness as their outcome and result.  

an10.218lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Tividhakāyakammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; catubbidhavacīkammantasampatti …pe… tividhamanokammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti …pe…   When their body breaks up, after death, sentient beings are reborn in a good place, in heaven because of these three kinds of successful bodily action, these four kinds of successful verbal action, or these three kinds of successful mental action that have skillful intention, with happiness as their outcome and result. …” 

an10.219lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.   That noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

an10.220lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ko pana, bho gotama, hetu ko paccayo yena m’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti?   “But what is the cause, Master Gotama, what is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm?”  
“Dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, brāhmaṇa, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
“Principled and moral conduct is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
Evaṁ dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, brāhmaṇa, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
That’s how principled and moral conduct is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  

an10.229-232lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

idhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   some people, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm …  
idhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati”. 

an11.7idhalokasaññī paralokasaññī8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Siyā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti?   “Could it be, sir, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.”  
“Siyā, ānanda, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
“It could be, Ānanda, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this. They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.”  
“Yathā kathaṁ pana, bhante, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tatrāpi na saññī assa, saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
“But how could this be, sir?”  
Evaṁ kho, ānanda, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tatrāpi na saññī assa, saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this. They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.”  

an11.8idhalokaṁ paralokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Siyā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā na cakkhuṁ manasi kareyya, na rūpaṁ manasi kareyya, na sotaṁ manasi kareyya, na saddaṁ manasi kareyya, na ghānaṁ manasi kareyya, na gandhaṁ manasi kareyya, na jivhaṁ manasi kareyya, na rasaṁ manasi kareyya, na kāyaṁ manasi kareyya, na phoṭṭhabbaṁ manasi kareyya, na pathaviṁ manasi kareyya, na āpaṁ manasi kareyya, na tejaṁ manasi kareyya, na vāyaṁ manasi kareyya, na ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ manasi kareyya, na viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ manasi kareyya, na ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ manasi kareyya, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ manasi kareyya, na idhalokaṁ manasi kareyya, na paralokaṁ manasi kareyya, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tampi na manasi kareyya;   “Could it be, sir, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this. They wouldn’t focus on the eye or sights, ear or sounds, nose or smells, tongue or tastes, or body or touches. They wouldn’t focus on earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t focus on the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t focus on this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t focus on what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind.  
“Siyā, ānanda, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā na cakkhuṁ manasi kareyya, na rūpaṁ manasi kareyya, na sotaṁ manasi kareyya, na saddaṁ manasi kareyya, na ghānaṁ manasi kareyya, na gandhaṁ manasi kareyya, na jivhaṁ manasi kareyya, na rasaṁ manasi kareyya, na kāyaṁ manasi kareyya, na phoṭṭhabbaṁ manasi kareyya, na pathaviṁ manasi kareyya, na āpaṁ manasi kareyya, na tejaṁ manasi kareyya, na vāyaṁ manasi kareyya, na ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ manasi kareyya, na viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ manasi kareyya, na ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ manasi kareyya, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ manasi kareyya, na idhalokaṁ manasi kareyya, na paralokaṁ manasi kareyya, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tampi na manasi kareyya;  
“It could be, Ānanda.”  

an11.9idhalokampi idhalokasaññā idhalokaṁ paralokampi paralokasaññā paralokaṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

So pathavimpi nissāya jhāyati, āpampi nissāya jhāyati, tejampi nissāya jhāyati, vāyampi nissāya jhāyati, ākāsānañcāyatanampi nissāya jhāyati, viññāṇañcāyatanampi nissāya jhāyati, ākiñcaññāyatanampi nissāya jhāyati, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanampi nissāya jhāyati, idhalokampi nissāya jhāyati, paralokampi nissāya jhāyati, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tampi nissāya jhāyati.   They meditate dependent on earth, water, fire, and air. They meditate dependent on the dimension of infinite space, infinite consciousness, nothingness, or neither perception nor non-perception. They meditate dependent on this world or the other world. They meditate dependent on what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind.  
So neva pathaviṁ nissāya jhāyati, na āpaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na tejaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na vāyaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na idhalokaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na paralokaṁ nissāya jhāyati, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tampi nissāya na jhāyati;  
They don’t meditate dependent on earth, water, fire, and air. They don’t meditate dependent on the dimension of infinite space, infinite consciousness, nothingness, or neither perception nor non-perception. They don’t meditate dependent on this world or the other world. They don’t meditate dependent on what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind.  
“kathaṁ jhāyī pana, bhante, bhadro purisājānīyo neva pathaviṁ nissāya jhāyati, na āpaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na tejaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na vāyaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na idhalokaṁ nissāya jhāyati, na paralokaṁ nissāya jhāyati, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tampi nissāya na jhāyati;  
“But sir, how does that fine thoroughbred meditate?”  
“Idha, saddha, bhadrassa purisājānīyassa pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññā vibhūtā hoti, āpasmiṁ āposaññā vibhūtā hoti, tejasmiṁ tejosaññā vibhūtā hoti, vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññā vibhūtā hoti, ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā vibhūtā hoti, viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā vibhūtā hoti, ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā vibhūtā hoti, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññā vibhūtā hoti, idhaloke idhalokasaññā vibhūtā hoti, paraloke paralokasaññā vibhūtā hoti, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, tatrāpi saññā vibhūtā hoti.  
“Sandha, for a fine thoroughbred person, the perception of earth has vanished in relation to earth. The perception of water … fire … air has vanished in relation to air. The perception of the dimension of infinite space has vanished in relation to the dimension of infinite space. The perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness … nothingness … neither perception nor non-perception has vanished in relation to the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. The perception of this world has vanished in relation to this world. The perception of the other world has vanished in relation to the other world. And the perception of what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind has vanished.  

an11.11lokassā’ti lokavidū2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

an11.13lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  

an11.14lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, subhūti, bhikkhu dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   Furthermore, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, a mendicant sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

an11.16lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.   Furthermore, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

an11.18idhalokasaññī paralokasaññī4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Siyā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti?   “Could it be, sir, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.”  
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this. They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.” 

an11.19idhalokasaññī paralokasaññī2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Siyā nu kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa …pe… na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti?   “Could it be, mendicants, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.”  

an11.21idhalokasaññī paralokasaññī4Pi En Ru dhamma

“siyā nu kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti?   “Could it be, reverends, that a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this? They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.”  
Evaṁ kho, āvuso, siyā bhikkhuno tathārūpo samādhipaṭilābho yathā neva pathaviyaṁ pathavisaññī assa, na āpasmiṁ āposaññī assa, na tejasmiṁ tejosaññī assa, na vāyasmiṁ vāyosaññī assa, na ākāsānañcāyatane ākāsānañcāyatanasaññī assa, na viññāṇañcāyatane viññāṇañcāyatanasaññī assa, na ākiñcaññāyatane ākiñcaññāyatanasaññī assa, na nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññī assa, na idhaloke idhalokasaññī assa, na paraloke paralokasaññī assa, yampidaṁ diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā tatrāpi na saññī assa; saññī ca pana assā”ti.  
That’s how a mendicant might gain a state of immersion like this. They wouldn’t perceive earth in earth, water in water, fire in fire, or air in air. And they wouldn’t perceive the dimension of infinite space in the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness in the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness in the dimension of nothingness, or the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. They wouldn’t perceive this world in this world, or the other world in the other world. And they wouldn’t perceive what is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, or explored by the mind. And yet they would still perceive.”  

dn1attālokapaññattivatthu lokadhātu lokakkhāyikaṁ lokasmiṁ lokassa lokassā’ti lokañca63Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato samaṇo gotamo saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassā’ti—  „Отказываясь от лживой речи, избегая лживой речи, отшельник Готама говорит правду, связан с правдой, надежен, достоин доверия, не обманывает людей“ —  
‘The ascetic Gotama has given up lying. He speaks the truth and sticks to the truth. He’s honest and trustworthy, and doesn’t trick the world with his words.’  
seyyathidaṁ—rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ  
а именно: беседам о царе, беседам о ворах, беседам о советниках, беседам о войске, беседам об опасности, беседам о сражении, беседам о еде, беседам о питье, беседам об одеждах, беседам о ложах, беседам о венках, беседам о благовониях, беседам о родственниках, беседам о повозках, беседам о деревнях, беседам о торговых селениях, беседам о городах, беседам о странах, беседам о женщинах, беседам о мужчинах, беседам о героях, беседам о дорогах, беседам о водоемах, беседам о прежде умерших, беседам о всякой всячине, разговорам о мире, разговорам об океане, беседам о том, что существует и чего не существует —  
talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and well talk; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that state of existence.  
Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā, sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi.  
Есть, монахи, некоторые отшельники и брахманы, проповедующие вечность, на четырех основаниях учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны. 
There are some ascetics and brahmins who are eternalists, who assert that the self and the cosmos are eternal on four grounds.  
Te ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi?  
Исходя же из чего и о чем [говорят] эти почтенные отшельники и брахманы, проповедующие вечность, на четырех основаниях учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны?  
And what are the four grounds on which they rely?  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, первое основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, проповедующие вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны.  
This is the first ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the self and the cosmos are eternal.  
Dutiye ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti?  
Каково же второе [основание], исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] почтенные отшельники и брахманы, проповедующие вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны?  
And what is the second ground on which they rely?  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, второе основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, проповедующие вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны.  
This is the second ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the self and the cosmos are eternal.  
Tatiye ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti?  
Каково же третье [основание], исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] почтенные отшельники и брахманы, проповедующие вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны?  
And what is the third ground on which they rely?  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, третье основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, проповедующие вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны.  
This is the third ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the self and the cosmos are eternal.  
Catutthe ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti?  
Каково же четвертое [основание], исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] почтенные отшельники и брахманы, проповедующие вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны?  
And what is the fourth ground on which they rely?  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, catutthaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, четвертое основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, проповедующие вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны.  
This is the fourth ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the self and the cosmos are eternal.  
Imehi kho te, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi.  
Таковы, монахи, эти отшельники и брахманы, проповедующие вечность, на четырех основаниях учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны.  
These are the four grounds on which those ascetics and brahmins assert that the self and the cosmos are eternal.  
Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti, sabbe te imeheva catūhi vatthūhi, etesaṁ vā aññatarena; natthi ito bahiddhā.  
Ибо, монахи, все те отшельники или брахманы, которые проповедуют вечность и учат, что и свое „я“ и мир вечны, [делают так] на четырех этих основаниях или на каком-нибудь одном из них — нет, кроме этого, [других оснований].  
Any ascetics and brahmins who assert that the self and the cosmos are eternal do so on one or other of these four grounds. Outside of this there is none.  
Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi.  
«Есть, монахи, некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность; на четырех основаниях учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны.  
There are some ascetics and brahmins who are partial eternalists, who assert that the self and the cosmos are partially eternal and partially not eternal on four grounds.  
Te ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi?  
Исходя же из чего и о чем [говорят] эти почтенные отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность; на четырех основаниях учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны?  
And what are the four grounds on which they rely?  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, первое основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны.  
This is the first ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the self and the cosmos are partially eternal.  
Dutiye ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti?  
Каково же второе [основание], исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность, учащие, что и свое «я», и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны?  
And what is the second ground on which they rely?  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, второе основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны.  
This is the second ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the self and the cosmos are partially eternal.  
Tatiye ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti?  
Каково же третье [основание], исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] почтенные отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны?  
And what is the third ground on which they rely?  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, третье основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны.  
This is the third ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the self and the cosmos are partially eternal.  
Catutthe ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti?  
Каково же четвертое [основание], исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] почтенные отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны?  
And what is the fourth ground on which they rely?  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, catutthaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, четвертое основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны.  
This is the fourth ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the self and the cosmos are partially eternal.  
Imehi kho te, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi.  
Таковы, монахи, эти отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность, на четырех основаниях учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны.  
These are the four grounds on which those ascetics and brahmins assert that the self and the cosmos are partially eternal and partially not eternal.  
Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti, sabbe te imeheva catūhi vatthūhi, etesaṁ vā aññatarena; natthi ito bahiddhā.  
Ибо, монахи, все те отшельники или брахманы, которые [проповедуют] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность и учат, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны, [делают так] на четырех этих основаниях или на каком-нибудь одном из них — нет, кроме этого, других [оснований].  
Any ascetics and brahmins who assert that the self and the cosmos are partially eternal and partially not eternal do so on one or other of these four grounds. Outside of this there is none.  
Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi.  
Есть, монахи, некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] конечное или бесконечное, на четырех основаниях учащие, что мир конечен или бесконечен.  
There are some ascetics and brahmins who theorize about size, and assert that the cosmos is finite or infinite on four grounds.  
Te ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi?  
Исходя же из чего и о чем говорят эти почтенные отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] конечное или бесконечное, на четырех основаниях учащие, что мир конечен или бесконечен?  
And what are the four grounds on which they rely?  
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte antasaññī lokasmiṁ viharati.  
Вот, монахи, какой-нибудь отшельник или брахман благодаря усердию, благодаря усилию, благодаря прилежанию, благодаря серьезности, благодаря правильному умонастроению обретает такую сосредоточенность разума, что пребывает сосредоточенным разумом в осознании конечности мира.  
It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they meditate perceiving the cosmos as finite.  
Ahañhi ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusāmi, yathāsamāhite citte antasaññī lokasmiṁ viharāmi.  
Потому что благодаря усердию, благодаря усилию, благодаря прилежанию, благодаря серьезности, благодаря правильному умонастроению я обретаю такую сосредоточенность разума, что пребываю сосредоточенным разумом в осознании конечности мира.  
Because by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind I experience an immersion of the heart of such a kind that I meditate perceiving the cosmos as finite.  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, первое основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] конечное и бесконечное, учащие, что мир конечен или бесконечен.  
This is the first ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the cosmos is finite or infinite.  
Dutiye ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti?  
Каково же второе [основание], исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] почтенные отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] конечное или бесконечное, учащие, что мир конечен или бесконечен?  
And what is the second ground on which they rely?  
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte anantasaññī lokasmiṁ viharati.  
Вот, монахи, какой-нибудь отшельник или брахман благодаря усердию, благодаря усилию, благодаря прилежанию, благодаря серьезности, благодаря правильному умонастроению обретает такую сосредоточенность разума, что пребывает сосредоточенным разумом в осознании бесконечности мира.  
It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they meditate perceiving the cosmos as infinite.  
Ahañhi ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusāmi, yathāsamāhite citte anantasaññī lokasmiṁ viharāmi.  
Потому что благодаря усердию, благодаря усилию, благодаря прилежанию, благодаря серьезности, благодаря правильному умонастроению я обретаю такую сосредоточенность разума, что пребываю сосредоточенным разумом в осознании бесконечности мира.  
Because by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind I experience an immersion of the heart of such a kind that I meditate perceiving the cosmos as infinite.  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, второе основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] конечное и бесконечное, учащие, что мир конечен или бесконечен.  
This is the second ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the cosmos is finite or infinite.  
Tatiye ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti?  
Каково же третье [основание], исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] конечное или бесконечное, учащие, что мир конечен или бесконечен?  
And what is the third ground on which they rely?  
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusati, yathāsamāhite citte uddhamadho antasaññī lokasmiṁ viharati, tiriyaṁ anantasaññī.  
Вот, монахи, какой-нибудь отшельник или брахман благодаря усердию, благодаря усилию, благодаря прилежанию, благодаря серьезности, благодаря правильному умонастроению обретает такую сосредоточенность разума, что пребывает сосредоточенным разумом в осознании конечности мира сверху и снизу и в осознании бесконечности [его] — поперек.  
It’s when some ascetic or brahmin—by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind—experiences an immersion of the heart of such a kind that they meditate perceiving the cosmos as finite vertically but infinite horizontally.  
Ahañhi ātappamanvāya padhānamanvāya anuyogamanvāya appamādamanvāya sammāmanasikāramanvāya tathārūpaṁ cetosamādhiṁ phusāmi, yathāsamāhite citte uddhamadho antasaññī lokasmiṁ viharāmi, tiriyaṁ anantasaññī.  
Потому что благодаря усердию, благодаря усилию, благодаря прилежанию, благодаря серьезности, благодаря правильному умонастроению я обретаю такую сосредоточенность разума, что пребываю сосредоточенным разумом в осознании конечности мира сверху и снизу, и в осознании бесконечности [его] — поперек.  
Because by dint of keen, resolute, committed, and diligent effort, and right application of mind I experience an immersion of the heart of such a kind that I meditate perceiving the cosmos as finite vertically but infinite horizontally.  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, третье основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] конечное или бесконечное, учащие, что мир конечен или бесконечен.  
This is the third ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the cosmos is finite or infinite.  
Catutthe ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti?  
Каково же четвертое [основание], исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] почтенные отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] конечное или бесконечное, учащие, что мир конечен или бесконечен?  
And what is the fourth ground on which they rely?  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, catutthaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, четвертое основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] конечное или бесконечное, учащие, что мир конечен или бесконечен.  
This is the fourth ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the cosmos is finite or infinite.  
Imehi kho te, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇā antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi.  
Таковы, монахи, эти отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] конечное или бесконечное, на четырех основаниях учащие, что мир конечен или бесконечен.  
These are the four grounds on which those ascetics and brahmins assert that the cosmos is finite or infinite.  
Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti, sabbe te imeheva catūhi vatthūhi, etesaṁ vā aññatarena; natthi ito bahiddhā.  
Ибо, монахи, все те отшельники или брахманы, которые [проповедуют] конечное или бесконечное и учат, что мир конечен или бесконечен, [делают так] на четырех основаниях или на каком-нибудь одном из них — нет, кроме этого, других [оснований].  
Any ascetics and brahmins who assert that the cosmos is finite or infinite do so on one or other of these four grounds. Outside of this there is none.  
Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā adhiccasamuppannikā adhiccasamuppannaṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti dvīhi vatthūhi.  
Есть, монахи, некоторые отшельники и брахманы [проповедующие] беспричинное возникновение, на двух основаниях учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир возникли без причины.  
There are some ascetics and brahmins who theorize about chance. They assert that the self and the cosmos arose by chance on two grounds.  
Te ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha adhiccasamuppannikā adhiccasamuppannaṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti dvīhi vatthūhi?  
Исходя же из чего и о чем [говорят] эти почтенные отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] беспричинное возникновение, на двух основаниях учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир возникли без причины?  
And what are the two grounds on which they rely?  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā adhiccasamuppannikā adhiccasamuppannaṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, первое основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] беспричинное возникновение, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир возникли без причины.  
This is the first ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the self and the cosmos arose by chance.  
Dutiye ca bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kimāgamma kimārabbha adhiccasamuppannikā adhiccasamuppannaṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti?  
Каково же второе [основание], исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] почтенные отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] беспричинное возникновение, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир возникли без причины?  
And what is the second ground on which they rely?  
Idaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṁ ṭhānaṁ, yaṁ āgamma yaṁ ārabbha eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā adhiccasamuppannikā adhiccasamuppannaṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti.  
Таково, монахи, второе основание, исходя из которого и о котором [говорят] некоторые отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] беспричинное возникновение, учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир возникли без причины.  
This is the second ground on which some ascetics and brahmins rely to assert that the self and the cosmos arose by chance.  
Imehi kho te, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇā adhiccasamuppannikā adhiccasamuppannaṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti dvīhi vatthūhi.  
Таковы, монахи, эти отшельники и брахманы, [проповедующие] беспричинное возникновение, на двух основаниях учащие, что и свое „я“, и мир возникли без причины.  
These are the two grounds on which those ascetics and brahmins who theorize about chance assert that the self and the cosmos arose by chance.  
Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā adhiccasamuppannikā adhiccasamuppannaṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti, sabbe te imeheva dvīhi vatthūhi, etesaṁ vā aññatarena, natthi ito bahiddhā …  
Ибо, монахи, все те отшельники или брахманы, которые [проповедуют] беспричинное возникновение и учат, что и свое „я“, и мир возникли без причины, [делают так] на двух этих основаниях или на каком-нибудь одном из них — нет, кроме этого, других [оснований] …  
Any ascetics and brahmins who theorize about chance do so on one or other of these two grounds. Outside of this there is none.  
4. Attālokapaññattivatthu  
4. Attālokapaññattivatthu  
4. The Grounds For Assertions About the Self and the Cosmos  
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṁ bhavataṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ ajānataṁ apassataṁ vedayitaṁ taṇhāgatānaṁ paritassitavipphanditameva.  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, которые проповедуют вечность и на четырех основаниях учат, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны, то эти почтенные отшельники и брахманы ощущают, как незнающие и невидящие, беспокоятся и мечутся, как охваченные жаждой.  
Now, these things are only the feeling of those who do not know or see, the anxiety and evasiveness of those under the sway of craving. Namely, when those ascetics and brahmins assert that the self and the cosmos are eternal on four grounds …  
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṁ bhavataṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ ajānataṁ apassataṁ vedayitaṁ taṇhāgatānaṁ paritassitavipphanditameva.  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, которые [проповедуют] отчасти вечность, отчасти невечность и на четырех основаниях учат, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны, то эти почтенные отшельники и брахманы ощущают, как незнающие и невидящие, беспокоятся и мечутся, как охваченные жаждой.  
partially eternal on four grounds …  
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṁ bhavataṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ ajānataṁ apassataṁ vedayitaṁ taṇhāgatānaṁ paritassitavipphanditameva.  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, которые [проповедуют] конечность или бесконечность и на четырех основаниях учат, что мир конечен или бесконечен, то эти почтенные отшельники и брахманы ощущают, как незнающие и невидящие, беспокоятся и мечутся, как охваченные жаждой.  
finite or infinite on four grounds …  
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā adhiccasamuppannikā adhiccasamuppannaṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti dvīhi vatthūhi, tadapi tesaṁ bhavataṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ ajānataṁ apassataṁ vedayitaṁ taṇhāgatānaṁ paritassitavipphanditameva.  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, которые [проповедуют] беспричинное возникновение и на двух основаниях учат, что и свое „я“, и мир возникли без причины, то эти почтенные отшельники и брахманы ощущают, как незнающие и невидящие, беспокоятся и мечутся, как охваченные жаждой.  
or they assert that the self and the cosmos arose by chance on two grounds …  
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi, tadapi phassapaccayā.  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, которые проповедуют вечность и на четырех основаниях учат, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны, то причиной этому чувственное восприятие.  
Now, these things are conditioned by contact. Namely, when those ascetics and brahmins assert that the self and the cosmos are eternal on four grounds …  
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi, tadapi phassapaccayā.  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, которые [проповедуют] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность и на четырех основаниях учат, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны, то причиной этому чувственное восприятие.  
partially eternal on four grounds …  
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi, tadapi phassapaccayā.  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, которые [проповедуют] конечность или бесконечность и на четырех основаниях учат, что мир конечен или бесконечен, то причиной этому чувственное восприятие.  
finite or infinite on four grounds …  
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā adhiccasamuppannikā adhiccasamuppannaṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti dvīhi vatthūhi, tadapi phassapaccayā.  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, которые [проповедуют] беспричинное возникновение и на двух основаниях учат, что и свое „я“, и мир возникли без причины, то причиной этому чувственное восприятие.  
or they assert that the self and the cosmos arose by chance on two grounds …  
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṁvedissantīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, которые проповедуют вечность и на четырех основаниях учат, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны, то, поистине, так не могло бы произойти, если бы они постигали иначе, нежели путем чувственного восприятия.  
 
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā ekaccaṁ sassataṁ ekaccaṁ asassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṁvedissantīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, которые [проповедуют] отчасти вечность, отчасти невечность и на четырех основаниях учат, что и свое „я“, и мир отчасти вечны, отчасти невечны, то, поистине, так не могло бы произойти, если бы они постигали иначе, нежели путем чувственного восприятия.  
 
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā antānantikā antānantaṁ lokassa paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṁvedissantīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, которые [проповедуют] конечность или бесконечность и на четырех основаниях учат, что мир конечен или бесконечен, то, поистине, так не могло бы произойти, если бы они постигали иначе, нежели путем чувственного восприятия.  
 
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā adhiccasamuppannikā adhiccasamuppannaṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti dvīhi vatthūhi, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṁvedissantīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, которые [проповедуют] беспричинное возникновение и на двух основаниях учат, что и свое „я“, и мир возникли без причины, то, поистине, так не могло бы произойти, если бы они постигали иначе, нежели путем чувственного восприятия.  
 
Tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sassatavādā sassataṁ attānañca lokañca paññapenti catūhi vatthūhi, yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā ekaccasassatikā ekaccaasassatikā …pe…  
И вот, монахи, что касается тех отшельников и брахманов, [то те], которые проповедуют вечность и на четырех основаниях учат, что и свое „я“, и мир вечны; те отшельники и брахманы, которые [проповедуют] отчасти вечность, отчасти не-вечность …  
 
Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne dasasahassī lokadhātu akampitthāti.  
И в то время как произносилось это объяснение, содрогнулась тысяча миров.  
And while this discourse was being spoken, the galaxy shook. 

dn2lokakkhāyikaṁ lokassa lokavidū lokaṁ mukhullokako mukhullokako’’ti ālokasaññī15Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘natthi, mahārāja, dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā, ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedenti.  
„Великий царь, нет подаяния, нет жертвоприношения, нет возлияния, нет созревшего плода добрых и злых действий, нет этого мира, нет другого мира, нет матери, нет отца, нет самопроизвольно родившихся существ, нет в мире отшельников и брахманов, находящихся на надлежащем пути и в надлежащем расположении духа, которые, познав и увидев собственными глазами и этот мир, и другой мир, возглашают [истину].  
‘Great king, there is no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.  
idha te assa puriso dāso kammakāro pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī mukhullokako.  
Вот был бы у тебя слуга, раб, исполняющий работу, рано встающий и поздно ложащийся, послушно выполняющий всё, приятно ведущий себя, сладкоречивый, не спускающий с тебя глаз.  
Suppose you had a person who was a bondservant, a worker. They get up before you and go to bed after you, and are obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely, and gazing up at your face.  
mukhullokako → mukhullokiko (sya-all, km, mr)  
Ahaṁ panamhissa dāso kammakāro pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī mukhullokako.  
я же — его раб, исполняющий работу, рано встающий, поздно ложащийся, послушно выполняющий всё, приятно ведущий себя, сладкоречивый, не спускающий с тебя глаз.  
Whereas I’m his bondservant, his worker. I get up before him and go to bed after him, and am obliging, behaving nicely and speaking politely, and gazing up at his face.  
‘yagghe, deva, jāneyyāsi, yo te so puriso dāso kammakāro pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī mukhullokako;  
„Угодно ли узнать тебе, Божественный, что тот, твой слуга, раб, исполняющий работу, рано встающий и поздно ложащийся, послушно выполняющий все, приятно ведущий себя, сладкоречивый, не спускающий с тебя глаз, —  
 
‘etu me, bho, so puriso, punadeva hotu dāso kammakāro pubbuṭṭhāyī pacchānipātī kiṅkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī mukhullokako’”ti?  
„Пусть этот слуга придет ко мне, пусть снова будет рабом, исполняющий работу, рано встающим и поздно ложащимся, послушно выполняющим все, приятно ведущим себя, сладкоречивым, не спускающим с [меня] глаз?“»  
‘Bring that person to me! Let them once more be my bondservant, my worker’?”  
“idha, mahārāja, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.  
«Вот, великий царь, в мир приходит Татхагата — архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный.  
“Consider when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он возглашает об этом мироздании с мирами богов, Мары, Брахмы, с миром отшельников и брахманов, с богами и людьми, познав и увидев их собственными глазами.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa.  
Отказываясь от лживой речи, избегая лживой речи, он говорит правду, связан с правдой, надежен, достоин доверия, не обманывает людей.  
They give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and trustworthy, and don’t trick the world with their words.  
Seyyathidaṁ—rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ  
а именно: беседам о царе, беседам о ворах, беседам о советниках, беседам о войске, беседам об опасности, беседам о сражении, беседам о еде, беседам о питье, беседам об одеждах, беседам о ложах, беседам о венках, беседам о благовониях, беседам о родственниках, беседам о повозках, беседам о деревнях, беседам о торговых селениях, беседам о городах, беседам о странах, беседам о женщинах, беседам о мужчинах, беседам о героях, беседам о дорогах, беседам о водоемах, беседам о прежде умерших, беседам о всякой всячине, разговорам о мире, разговорам об океане, беседам о том, что существует и чего не существует, —  
This includes such topics as talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and well talk; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that state of existence.  
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī, sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti.  
Отказавшись от косности, он пребывает свободный от косности, ощущая в себе способность [ясного] воззрения, внимательный и вдумчивый он очищает ум от косности.  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
Божественным очищенным зрением, выходящим за пределы человеческого, он видит, как существа оставляют жизнь и вновь рождаются; он постигает, как существа, согласно своим действиям, становятся низкими, возвышенными, красивыми, некрасивыми, счастливыми, несчастными: „Поистине, почтенные, те существа, что наделены дурным поведением тела, наделены дурным поведением в речи, наделены дурным поведением разума, злословят о праведных, придерживаются ложных воззрений, предаются действиям, [проистекающим из] ложных воззрений, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в бедствии, несчастье, страдании, преисподней. Те же существа, почтенные, что наделены хорошим поведением тела, наделены хорошим поведением в речи, наделены хорошим поведением разума, не злословят о праведных, придерживаются истинных воззрений, предаются действиям, [проистекающим из] истинных воззрений, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в счастье, в небесном мире“. — Так божественным очищенным зрением, выходящим за пределы человеческого, он видит, как существа оставляют жизнь и вновь рождаются; он постигает, как существа, согласно своим действиям, становятся низкими, возвышенными, красивыми, некрасивыми, счастливыми, несчастными.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate; yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
Божественным очищенным зрением, выходящим за пределы человеческого, он видит, как существа оставляют жизнь и вновь рождаются; он постигает, как существа, согласно своим действиям, становятся низкими, возвышенными, красивыми, некрасивыми, счастливыми, несчастными: „Поистине, почтенные, те существа, что наделены дурным поведением тела, наделены дурным поведением в речи, наделены дурным поведением разума, злословят о праведных, придерживаются ложных воззрений, предаются действиям, [проистекающим из] ложных воззрений, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в бедствии, несчастье, страдании, преисподней. Те же существа, почтенные, что наделены хорошим поведением тела, наделены хорошим поведением в речи, наделены хорошим поведением разума, не злословят о праведных, придерживаются истинных воззрений, предаются действиям, [проистекающим из] истинных воззрений, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в счастье, в небесном мире“. — Так божественным очищенным зрением, выходящим за пределы человеческого, он видит, как существа оставляют жизнь и вновь рождаются; он постигает, как существа, согласно своим действиям, становятся низкими, возвышенными, красивыми, некрасивыми, счастливыми, несчастными.  
 

dn3lokavidū lokaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.’   „Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый; знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он возглашает об этом мироздании с мирами богов, Мары, Брахмы, с миром отшельников и брахманов, с богами и людьми, познав и увидев их собственными глазами.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
‘itipi so bhagavā, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.  
„Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный.  
 
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он возглашает об этом мироздании с мирами богов, Мары, Брахмы, с миром отшельников и брахманов, с богами и людьми, познав и увидев их собственными глазами.  
 
“Idha, ambaṭṭha, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.  
«Вот, Амбаттха, в мир приходит Татхагата .  
“Ambaṭṭha, it’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он возглашает об этом мироздании с мирами богов, Мары, Брахмы, с миром отшельников и брахманов, с богами и людьми, познав и увидев их собственными глазами.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  

dn4lokasmiṁ lokavidū lokaṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’.   „Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он возглашает об этом мироздании с мирами богов, Мары, Брахмы, с миром отшельников и брахманов, с богами и людьми, познав и увидев их собственными глазами.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
„Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный“.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti …pe…  
„Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный“. А раз об отшельнике Готаме, почтенные, идет такая добрая слава: „Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный“, то по этой причине не досточтимый Готама должен приблизиться, чтобы увидеть нас, но мы должны приблизиться, чтобы увидеть досточтимого Готаму.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ …  
Sīlapaññāṇañca pana lokasmiṁ aggamakkhāyati.  
нравственность и постижение считаются лучшими в мире.  
And ethics and wisdom are said to be the best things in the world.  
Sīlapaññāṇañca pana lokasmiṁ aggamakkhāyatī”ti.  
нравственность и постижение считаются лучшими в мире».  
And ethics and wisdom are said to be the best things in the world.”  
Sīlapaññāṇañca pana lokasmiṁ aggamakkhāyati.  
нравственность и постижение считаются лучшими в мире.  
And ethics and wisdom are said to be the best things in the world.  
Sīlapaññāṇañca pana lokasmiṁ aggamakkhāyati.  
нравственность и постижение считаются лучшими в мире».  
And ethics and wisdom are said to be the best things in the world.  

dn5lokavidū lokaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   „Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он возглашает об этом мироздании с мирами богов, Мары, Брахмы, с миром отшельников и брахманов, с богами и людьми, познав и увидев их собственными глазами.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
„Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный“.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti …pe…  
„Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный“. А раз об отшельнике Готаме, почтенные, идет такая добрая слава: „Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный“, — то по этой причине не досточтимый Готама должен приблизиться, чтобы увидеть нас, но мы должны приблизиться, чтобы увидеть досточтимого Готаму.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ …  
Abhijānāti pana bhavaṁ gotamo evarūpaṁ yaññaṁ yajitvā vā yājetvā vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjitā”ti?  
Испытал ли досточтимый Готама, что совершивший или приказавший совершить подобного рода жертвоприношение с распадом тела после смерти рождается в счастливом небесном мире?»  
Does Master Gotama recall having performed such a sacrifice, or having facilitated it, and then, when his body broke up, after death, being reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm?”  
“Abhijānāmahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, evarūpaṁ yaññaṁ yajitvā vā yājetvā vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjitā, ahaṁ tena samayena purohito brāhmaṇo ahosiṁ tassa yaññassa yājetā”ti.  
«Я испытал, брахман, что совершивший или приказавший совершить подобного рода жертвоприношение с распадом тела после смерти рождается в счастливом небесном мире. Я был в то время царским жрецом-брахманом, совершающим это жертвоприношение».  
“I do recall that, brahmin. For I myself was the brahmin high priest at that time who facilitated the sacrifice.”  

dn6lokavidū lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’.   „Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он возглашает об этом мироздании с мирами богов, Мары, Брахмы, с миром отшельников и брахманов, с богами и людьми, познав и увидев их собственными глазами.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
Puna caparaṁ, mahāli, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti.  
И вот далее, Махали, монах, избавившись от трех уз, сведя на нет страсть, ненависть и заблуждения, становится единожды возвращающимся, который, вернувшись еще раз в этот мир, кладет конец страданию.  
Furthermore, a mendicant—with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion—is a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

dn8lokasmiṁ lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha panāhaṁ, kassapa, ekaccaṁ tapassiṁ lūkhājīviṁ passāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ.   Вот, Кассапа, очищенным божественным зрением, выходящим за пределы человеческого, я вижу, как какой-нибудь подвижник, живущий в лишениях, […] с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождается в счастье, в небесном мире.  
But I see another fervent mortifier who lives rough reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Idha panāhaṁ, kassapa, ekaccaṁ tapassiṁ appadukkhavihāriṁ passāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ.  
Вот, Кассапа, очищенным божественным зрением, выходящим за пределы человеческого, я вижу, как какой-нибудь подвижник, живущий с незначительными тяготами, […] с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождается в счастье, в небесном мире.  
But I see another fervent mortifier who takes it easy reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
“Pakati kho esā, kassapa, lokasmiṁ ‘dukkaraṁ sāmaññaṁ dukkaraṁ brahmaññan’ti.  
«Так говорят обычно в этом мире, Кассапа: „Трудно достижимо отшельничество, трудно достижимо брахманство“.  
“It’s typical, Kassapa, in this world to think that it’s hard to be a true ascetic or brahmin.  
“Pakati kho esā, kassapa, lokasmiṁ ‘dujjāno samaṇo dujjāno brāhmaṇo’ti.  
«Так говорят обычно в этом мире, Кассапа: „Трудно узнать отшельника, трудно узнать брахмана“.  
“It’s typical in this world to think that it’s hard to know a true ascetic or brahmin.  

dn9lokakkhāyikaṁ lokaniruttiyo lokapaññattiyo lokasamaññā lokassa lokavohārā lokaṁ20Pi En Ru dhamma

Seyyathidaṁ—rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ iti vā.   а именно: беседы о царе, беседы о ворах, беседы о советниках, беседы о войске, беседы об опасности, беседы о сражении, беседы о еде, беседы о питье, беседы об одеждах, беседы о ложах, беседы о венках, беседы о благовониях, беседы о родственниках, беседы о повозках, беседы о деревнях, беседы о торговых селениях, беседы о городах, беседы о странах, беседы о женщинах, беседы о мужчинах, беседы о героях, беседы о дорогах, беседы о водоемах, беседы о прежде умерших, беседы о всякой всячине, разговоры о мире, разговоры об океане, беседы о том, что существует и чего не существует.  
talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and well talk; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that state of existence.  
‘api pana tumhe āyasmanto ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ jānaṁ passaṁ viharathā’ti?  
„Приходилось ли вам, достопочтенные, знать или видеть всецело счастливый мир?“  
‘But do you meditate knowing and seeing an exclusively happy world?’  
“ayaṁ maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā”’ti?  
‘Вот путь, вот способ испытать [существование во] всецело счастливом мире?’  
a path and a practice to realize an exclusively happy world?’  
‘api pana tumhe āyasmanto yā tā devatā ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ upapannā, tāsaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ saddaṁ suṇātha:  
„Слыхали ли вы, достопочтенные, голос тех божеств, которые достигли всецело счастливого мира и говорят:  
‘But have you ever heard the voice of the deities reborn in an exclusively happy world saying,  
“suppaṭipannāttha, mārisā, ujuppaṭipannāttha, mārisā, ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāya;  
‘Следуйте должным путем, достойные, следуйте прямым путем, достойные, чтобы испытать [существование во] всецело счастливом мире, —  
“Practice well, dear sirs, practice directly so as to realize an exclusively happy world.  
mayampi hi, mārisā, evaṁpaṭipannā ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”’ti?  
ведь мы, достойные, следуя подобным путем, достигли всецело счастливого мира’“  
For this is how we practiced, and we were reborn in an exclusively happy world”?’  
‘api pana tumhe āyasmanto ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ jānaṁ passaṁ viharathā’ti?  
„Приходилось ли вам, достопочтенные, знать или видеть всецело счастливый мир?“  
“ayaṁ maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā”’ti?  
‘Вот путь, вот способ испытать [существование во] всецело счастливом мире?’  
‘api pana tumhe āyasmanto yā tā devatā ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ upapannā, tāsaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ saddaṁ suṇātha:  
„Слыхали ли вы, достопочтенные, голос тех божеств, которые достигли всецело счастливого мира и говорят:  
“suppaṭipannāttha, mārisā, ujuppaṭipannāttha, mārisā, ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāya;  
‘Следуйте должным путем, достойные, следуйте прямым путем, достойные, чтобы испытать [существование во] всецело счастливом мире, —  
mayampi hi, mārisā, evaṁpaṭipannā ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”’ti?  
ведь мы, достойные, следуя подобным путем, достигли всецело счастливого мира’“.  
‘api pana tumhe āyasmanto ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ jānaṁ passaṁ viharathā’ti?  
„Приходилось ли вам, достопочтенные, знать или видеть всецело счастливый мир?“  
‘api pana tumhe āyasmanto jānātha ayaṁ maggo ayaṁ paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti?  
„Знаете ли вы, достопочтенные: ‘Вот путь, вот способ испытать [существование во] всецело счастливом мире?’“  
‘api pana tumhe āyasmanto yā tā devatā ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ upapannā tāsaṁ devatānaṁ bhāsamānānaṁ saddaṁ suṇātha:  
„Слыхали ли вы, достопочтенные, голос тех божеств, которые достигли всецело счастливого мира и говорят:  
“suppaṭipannāttha, mārisā, ujuppaṭipannāttha, mārisā, ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāya;  
‘Следуйте должным путем, достойные, следуйте прямым путем, достойные, чтобы испытать [существование во] всецело счастливом мире, —  
mayampi hi, mārisā, evaṁ paṭipannā ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”’ti?  
ведь мы, достойные, следуя подобным путем, достигли всецело счастливого мира’“.  
Imā kho, citta, lokasamaññā lokaniruttiyo lokavohārā lokapaññattiyo, yāhi tathāgato voharati aparāmasan”ti.  
Ибо это, Чипа, лишь обычные имена, обычные выражения, обычные способы обозначения, обычные описания, и Татхагата употребляет эти способы обозначения, не привязываясь [к ним]».  
These are the world’s common usages, terms, means of communication, and descriptions, which the Realized One uses to communicate without getting stuck on them.”  

dn10lokavidū lokaṁ ālokasaññī4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Idha, māṇava, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.   «Вот, юноша, в мир приходит Татхагата .  
“Student, it’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он возглашает об этом мироздании с мирами богов, Мары, Брахмы, с миром отшельников и брахманов, с богами и людьми, познав и увидев их собственными глазами.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti.  
Отказавшись от косности, он пребывает свободный от косности, ощущая в себе способность [ясного] воззрения, внимательный и вдумчивый он очищает мысли от косности.  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
Божественным очищенным зрением, выходящим за пределы человеческого, он видит, как существа оставляют жизнь и вновь рождаются; он постигает, как существа, согласно своим действиям, становятся низкими, возвышенными, красивыми, некрасивыми, счастливыми, несчастными: „Поистине, почтенные, те существа, что наделены дурным поведением тела, наделены дурным поведением в речи, наделены дурным поведением разума, злословят о праведных, придерживаются ложных воззрений, предаются действиям, [проистекающим из] ложных воззрений, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в бедствии, несчастье, страдании, преисподней. Те же существа, почтенные, что наделены хорошим поведением тела, наделены хорошим поведением в речи, наделены хорошим поведением разума, не злословят о праведных, придерживаются истинных воззрений, предаются действиям, [проистекающим из] истинных воззрений, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в счастье, в небесном мире“. — Так божественным очищенным зрением, выходящим за пределы человеческого, он видит, как существа оставляют жизнь и вновь рождаются; он постигает, как существа, согласно своим действиям, становятся низкими, возвышенными, красивыми, некрасивыми, счастливыми, несчастными.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

dn12lokavidū lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’.   „Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он возглашает об этом мироздании с мирами богов, Мары, Брахмы, с миром отшельников и брахманов, с богами и людьми, познав и увидев их собственными глазами.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  

dn13brahmalokagāminiyā brahmalokagāminiñca brahmalokamaggadesanā brahmalokañca brahmalokaṁ lokavidū lokaṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   „Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный“.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
“Siyā kho, vāseṭṭha, tassa purisassa manasākaṭe jātasaṁvaddhassa manasākaṭassa maggaṁ puṭṭhassa dandhāyitattaṁ vā vitthāyitattaṁ vā, na tveva tathāgatassa brahmaloke vā brahmalokagāminiyā vā paṭipadāya puṭṭhassa dandhāyitattaṁ vā vitthāyitattaṁ vā.  
«И все же, Васеттха, скорее у этого человека, родившегося и выросшего в Манасакате и спрошенного о пути в Манасакату, могли бы возникнуть неуверенность или замешательство, чем у Татхагаты, спрошенного о мире Брахмы или о пути, ведущем в мир Брахмы, возникли бы неуверенность и замешательство.  
“Still, it’s possible they might be slow or hesitant to answer. But the Realized One is never slow or hesitant when questioned about the Brahmā realm or the practice that leads to the Brahmā realm.  
Brahmānañcāhaṁ, vāseṭṭha, pajānāmi brahmalokañca brahmalokagāminiñca paṭipadaṁ, yathā paṭipanno ca brahmalokaṁ upapanno, tañca pajānāmī”ti.  
И я, Васеттха, знаю Брахму, и мир Брахмы, и путь, ведущий в мир Брахмы, и знаю, как следовать этим путем, чтобы достичь мира Брахмы».  
I understand Brahmā, the Brahmā realm, and the practice that leads to the Brahmā realm, practicing in accordance with which one is reborn in the Brahmā realm.”  
4. Brahmalokamaggadesanā  
4. Наставление о пути в мир Брахмы  
4. Teaching the Path to Brahmā  
So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Он пребывает, пронизывая разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем — третью, затем — четвертую. Он пребывает, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим, безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек, во все стороны.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
он пребывает, пронизывая разумом, исполненным уравновешенности, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем - третью, затем - четвёртую. Он пребывает, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненным уравновешенности, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек, во все стороны.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

dn14lokadhātu lokantarikā lokassa lokaṁ paralokavajjabhayadassāvine15Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā, yatthapime candimasūriyā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.   И даже в тех темных, мрачных, покрытых мраком промежуточных мирах, лишенных опоры, куда даже луна и солнце — эти [светила] столь великой силы, столь великого могущества, не приносят света — даже там появляется безграничное великое сияние, превосходящее божественный блеск богов.  
Even in the boundless desolation of interstellar space—so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression—an immeasurable, magnificent light appears, surpassing the glory of the gods.  
Ayañca dasasahassī lokadhātu saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.  
И эти десять тысяч миров вселенной дрожат, содрогаются, сотрясаются. Так в мирах появляется безграничное, великое сияние, превосходящее божественный блеск богов.  
And this galaxy shakes and rocks and trembles. And an immeasurable, magnificent light appears in the world, surpassing the glory of the gods.  
Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, sampatijāto bodhisatto samehi pādehi patiṭṭhahitvā uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihārena gacchati setamhi chatte anudhāriyamāne, sabbā ca disā anuviloketi, āsabhiṁ vācaṁ bhāsati ‘aggohamasmi lokassa, jeṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, seṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’ti.  
Этот порядок вещей, монахи, таков, что, едва родившись, бодхисаттва твердо становится на ноги, обращает лицо к северу, проходит семь шагов, и в то время как над ним держат белый зонт, оглядывает все стороны света и произносит могучим голосом: „Я — главный в мире, я — старший в мире, я — лучший в мире, это — последнее рождение, не будет теперь следующего существования!“  
It’s normal that, as soon as he’s born, the being intent on awakening stands firm with his own feet on the ground. Facing north, he takes seven strides with a white parasol held above him, surveys all quarters, and makes this dramatic proclamation: ‘I am the foremost in the world! I am the eldest in the world! I am the first in the world! This is my last rebirth. Now there are no more future lives.’  
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā, yatthapime candimasūriyā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti, tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.  
И даже в тех темных, мрачных, покрытых мраком промежуточных мирах, лишенных опоры, куда даже луна и солнце — эти [светила] столь великой силы, столь великого могущества — не приносят света — даже там появляется безграничное великое сияние, превосходящее божественный блеск богов.  
Even in the boundless desolation of interstellar space—so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression—an immeasurable, magnificent light appears, surpassing the glory of the gods.  
Ayañca dasasahassī lokadhātu saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.  
И эти десять тысяч миров вселенной дрожат, содрогаются, сотрясаются. Так в мирах появляется безграничное, великое сияние, превосходящее божественный блеск богов.  
And this galaxy shakes and rocks and trembles. And an immeasurable, magnificent light appears in the world, surpassing the glory of the gods.  
Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṁ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṁ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokesi.  
И вот, монахи, Випасси — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный — постигнув просьбу Брахмы, благодаря состраданию к существам оглядел мир глазом Будды.  
Then, understanding Brahmā’s invitation, the Buddha Vipassī surveyed the world with the eye of a Buddha, out of his compassion for sentient beings.  
Addasā kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.  
И вот, монахи, Випасси — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный — оглядывая мир глазом Будды, увидел существа, чье затмение невелико и чье затмение велико, чьи жизненные способности остры и чьи жизненные способности притуплены, с добрыми наклонностями и с дурными наклонностями, легко обучаемых и трудно обучаемых, и некоторые из них пребывали в сознании опасности, [сопряженной] с другим миром и с проступками.  
And he saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not.  
suviññāpaye duviññāpaye → duviññāpaye bhabbe abhabbe (sya-all, km) | appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante → ayaṁ pāṭho sya-all, km potthakesu natthi  
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.  
Так же точно, монахи, Випасси — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный — оглядывая мир глазом Будды, увидел существа, чье затмение невелико и чье затмение велико, чьи жизненные способности остры и чьи жизненные способности притуплены, с добрыми наклонностями и с дурными наклонностями, легко обучаемых и трудно обучаемых, и некоторые из них пребывали в сознании опасности, [сопряженной] с другим миром и с проступками.  
In the same way, the Buddha Vipassī saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes.  

dn16lokadhātūsu lokassā’ti lokavidū lokaṁ palokadhammaṁ15Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   И далее, домоправители, добронравный, обладающий нравственностью, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождается в счастливом небесном мире.  
Furthermore, when an ethical person’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissati.  
Преданный мирянин Судатта, Ананда, избавившись от трех уз, сведя на нет страсть, ненависть и заблуждения, стал единожды возвращающимся, который, вернувшись еще раз в этот мир, положит конец страданию.  
The layman Sudatta had ended three fetters, and weakened greed, hate, and delusion. He’s a once-returner; he will come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  
Sādhikā navuti, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti.  
Свыше девяноста преданных мирян, Ананда, окончивших свои дни в Надике, избавившись от трех уз, сведя на нет страсть, ненависть и заблуждения, стали единожды возвращающимися, которые, вернувшись еще раз в этот мир, положат конец страданию.  
More than ninety laymen in Ñātika have passed away having ended three fetters, and weakened greed, hate, and delusion. They’re once-returners, who will come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
„Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный“.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
„Община учеников Благостного следует добрым путем, община учеников Благостного следует прямым путем, община учеников Благостного следует правильным путем, община учеников Благостного следует должным путем, так что эти четыре пары людей, восемь [видов] людских личностей — эта община учеников Благостного заслуживает почета, гостеприимства, подношения, почтительного приветствия; [эта община —] несравненное поле заслуг в мире“.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
Taṁ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā, yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ vata mā palujjīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati’.  
Откуда же, Ананда, может тут получиться так, чтобы рожденное, существующее, составленное, подверженное распаду, так и не распалось? Таково быть не может.  
How could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out?  
“Yebhuyyena, ānanda, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā tathāgataṁ dassanāya.  
«Большинство божеств из десяти миров, Ананда, собрались, чтобы лицезреть Татхагату.  
“Most of the deities from ten solar systems have gathered to see the Realized One.  
Ye hi keci, ānanda, cetiyacārikaṁ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṁ karissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissantī”ti.  
И все те, Ананда, кто проводит время, странствуя с умиротворенным сердцем и посещая святилища, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в счастье, в небесном мире».  
Anyone who passes away while on pilgrimage to these shrines will, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
Te tattha cittaṁ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
многие люди, Ананда, умиротворятся сердцем и, умиротворясь там сердцем, они с распадом тела после смерти вновь родятся в счастье, в небесном мире.  
And having done so, when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Te tattha cittaṁ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
многие люди, Ананда, умиротворятся сердцем и, умиротворясь там сердцем, они с распадом тела после смерти вновь родятся в счастье, в небесном мире.  
And having done so, when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Te tattha cittaṁ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
многие люди, Ананда, умиротворятся сердцем и, умиротворясь там сердцем, они с распадом тела после смерти вновь родятся в счастье, в небесном мире.  
And having done so, when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Te tattha cittaṁ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
многие люди, Ананда, умиротворятся сердцем и, умиротворясь там сердцем, они с распадом тела после смерти вновь родятся в счастье, в небесном мире.  
And having done so, when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
taṁ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, ‘taṁ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṁ mā palujjī’ti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
Откуда же, Ананда, может тут получиться так, чтобы рожденное, существующее, составленное, подверженное распаду, так и не распалось? Такого быть не может.  
How could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out, even the Realized One’s body?  
Taṁ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ vata mā palujjī’ti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
Откуда же, друзья, может тут получиться так, чтобы рожденное, существующее, составленное, подверженное распаду так и не распалось? Такого быть не может.  
How could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out?  
Taṁ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṁ mā palujjī’ti, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
Откуда же, друзья, может тут получиться так, чтобы рожденное, существующее, составленное, подверженное распаду так и не распалось? Такого быть не может».  
How could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out, even the Realized One’s body?”  

dn17brahmalokaṁ lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihāsi. Tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā vihāsi.   разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем — третью, затем — четвертую. Он пребывал, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим, безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненный дружелюбия, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек, во все стороны.  
He meditated spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way he spread a heart full of love above, below, across, everywhere, all around, to everyone in the world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihāsi. Tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā vihāsi.  
Он пребывал, пронизывая разумом, исполненным уравновешенности, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем — третью, затем — четвертую. Он пребывал, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим, безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненным уравновешенности, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек и во все стороны.  
He meditated spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, he spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Kālaṅkato ca, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano sugatiṁ brahmalokaṁ upapajji.  
Окончив свои дни, Ананда, царь Махасудассана вновь родился в счастливом мире Брахмы.  
When he passed away King Mahāsudassana was reborn in a good place, a Brahmā realm.  

dn18lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Sādhikā navuti nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti.   Свыше девяноста умерших, окончивших свои дни последователей из Надики, избавившись от трех уз, сведя на нет страсть, ненависть и заблуждения, стали единожды возвращающимися, которые, вернувшись еще раз в этот мир, положат конец страданию.  
More than ninety devotees in Ñātika have passed away having ended three fetters, and weakened greed, hate, and delusion. They’re once-returners, who will come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  
Sādhikā navuti nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti.  
Свыше девяноста умерших, окончивших свои дни последователей из Надики, избавившись от трех уз, сведя на нет страсть, ненависть и заблуждения, стали единожды возвращающимися, которые, вернувшись еще раз в этот мир, положат конец страданию.  
 
Sādhikā navuti nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti.  
Свыше девяноста умерших, окончивших свои дни последователей из Надики, избавившись от трех уз, сведя на нет страсть, ненависть и заблуждения, стали единожды возвращающимися, которые, вернувшись еще раз в этот мир, положат конец страданию.  
 
Sādhikā navuti nātikiyā paricārakā abbhatītā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti.  
Свыше девяноста умерших, окончивших свои дни последователей из Надики, избавившись от трех уз, сведя на нет страсть, ненависть и заблуждения, стали единожды возвращающимися, которые, вернувшись еще раз в этот мир, положат конец страданию.  
 

dn19brahmalokan’ti brahmalokasahabyatāya brahmalokaṁ lokadhātuyā lokaṁ9Pi En Ru dhamma

‘aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, mārisā, anavakāso, yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṁ acarimaṁ uppajjeyyuṁ, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.   „Невозможно это, досточтимые, и невероятно, чтобы в одном мироздании появились два архата, всецело просветленных — ни раньше, ни позже [один другого] Такого быть не может.  
‘It’s impossible, gentlemen, for two perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas to arise in the same solar system at the same time.  
Pappoti macco amataṁ brahmalokan”ti.  
Смертный достигает бессмертного мира Брахмы?“  
may a mortal reach the deathless Brahmā realm?”  
Pappoti macco amataṁ brahmalokan”ti.  
Смертный достигает бессмертного мира Брахмы“.  
a mortal may reach the deathless Brahmā realm.”  
Idhekacco karuṇāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadhotiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ karuṇāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Вот некто пребывает, пронизывая разумом, исполненным сострадания, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем — третью, затем — четвертую. Он пребывает, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим, безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненным сострадания, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек и во все стороны,  
It’s when someone meditates spreading a heart full of compassion to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of compassion to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Mahāgovindo, bho, brāhmaṇo mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā vihāsi.  
И брахман Махаговинда, почтенные, пребывал, пронизывая разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем — третью, затем — четвертую. Он пребывал, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим, безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек и во все стороны.  
And the Great Steward meditated spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, he spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Sāvakānañca brahmalokasahabyatāya maggaṁ desesi.  
и преподавал ученикам путь к соединению с миром Брахмы.  
And he taught his disciples the path to rebirth in the company of Brahmā.  
Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ brahmalokaṁ upapajjiṁsu.  
с распадом тела после смерти [вновь] родились в счастливом мире Брахмы.  
at the breaking up of the body, after death, were reborn in the Brahmā realm.  
Ahaṁ tesaṁ sāvakānaṁ brahmalokasahabyatāya maggaṁ desesiṁ.  
Я преподавал этим ученикам путь к соединению с миром Брахмы.  
And I taught those disciples the path to rebirth in the company of Brahmā.  
Ye na sabbenasabbaṁ sāsanaṁ ājānanti, appekacce tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino honti sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti.  
Из тех, которые не всецело постигают всё [мое] наставление, некоторые, избавившись от трех уз, сведя на нет страсть, ненависть и заблуждения, становятся единожды возвращающимися, которые, вернувшись еще раз в этот мир, кладут конец страданию.  
Some, with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, become once-returners. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

dn20lokadhātūhi lokadhātūsu silokamanukassāmi4Pi En Ru dhamma

dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca.   И большая часть божеств из десяти миров собралась, чтобы лицезреть Благостного и общину монахов.  
And most of the deities from ten solar systems had gathered to see the Buddha and the Saṅgha of mendicants.  
dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
И большая часть божеств из десяти миров собралась, чтобы лицезреть Благостного и общину монахов.  
 
“yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā honti, tathāgataṁ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
«Вот, монахи, бо́льшая часть божеств из десяти миров собралась, чтобы лицезреть Татхагату и общину монахов.  
“Mendicants, most of the deities from ten solar systems have gathered to see the Realized One and the mendicant Saṅgha.  
“Silokamanukassāmi,  
«Я прочту стих:  
“I invoke a paean of praise!  

dn21devalokamhi lokasmiṁ lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Sā itthittaṁ virājetvā purisattaṁ bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā.   Отказавшись от женских помыслов, предавшись мужским помыслам, она с распадом тела после смерти родилась в счастливом небесном мире,  
Losing her attachment to femininity, she developed masculinity. When her body broke up, after death, she was reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
ahañhi nāma itthikā samānā buddhe pasannā dhamme pasannā saṅghe pasannā sīlesu paripūrakārinī itthittaṁ virājetvā purisattaṁ bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā, devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ sakkassa devānamindassa puttattaṁ ajjhupagatā.  
Ведь я, будучи женщиной, уверовав в Будду, уверовав в дхамму, уверовав в сангху, исполняя заповеди нравственности, отказавшись от женских помыслов, предавшись мужским помыслам, с распадом тела после смерти родился в счастливом небесном мире, среди тридцати трех богов, обретя состояние отпрыска повелителя богов Сакки.  
For while I was still a woman I had confidence in the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha, and had fulfilled my ethics. I lost my attachment to femininity and developed masculinity. When my body broke up, after death, I was reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. In the company of the gods of the Thirty-Three I became one of Sakka’s sons.  
devalokamhi uttamo.  
высшим в мире богов.  
in the supreme heaven realm.  
Sadevakasmiṁ lokasmiṁ,  
Нет в этом мире со [всеми]  
In the world with its gods,  

dn23lokaṁ manussalokaṁ paralokaṁ18Pi En Ru dhamma

“ye te pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū abyāpannacittā sammādiṭṭhī te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.   ‘Те, которые избегают уничтожать живое, избегают брать то, что [им] не дано, избегают недостойных чувственных удовольствий, избегают лживой речи, избегают клеветнической речи, избегают грубой речи, избегают легкомысленной болтовни, не алчны, не злонамеренны в мыслях, наделены истинными воззрениями, — [все] они с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в счастливом небесном мире’.  
“Those who refrain from killing living creatures, stealing, and committing sexual misconduct; who refrain from speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical; and are content, kind-hearted, with right view—when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
Sace tesaṁ bhavataṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ saccaṁ vacanaṁ, bhavanto kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissanti.  
И если слова этих досточтимых отшельников и брахманов верны, то [и вы], досточтимые, с распадом тела после смерти вновь родитесь в счастливом небесном мире.  
If what those ascetics and brahmins say is true, when your body breaks up, after death, you’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Sace, bho, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyātha, yena me āgantvā āroceyyātha:  
Если же, почтенные, с распадом тела после смерти вы вновь родитесь в счастливом небесном мире, то явитесь ко мне и передайте:  
If that happens, sirs, come and tell me that  
Kiṁ pana te mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū abyāpannacittā sammādiṭṭhī, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā te āgantvā ārocessanti:  
Как же смогут твои друзья, приближенные, кровные родичи, которые избегали уничтожать живое, избегали брать то, что [им] не дано, избегали недостойных чувственных удовольствий, избегали лживой речи, избегали клеветнической речи, избегали грубой речи, избегали легкомысленной болтовни, были не алчны, не злонамеренны в мыслях, наделены истинными воззрениями и с распадом тела после смерти вновь родились в счастливом небесном мире, — явиться и передать [тебе]:  
What then of your friends and colleagues, relatives and kin who are reborn in a higher realm after doing good things? Will they come back to tell you that  
“ye te pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyatan”ti.  
‘Те, которые избегают уничтожать живое, избегают брать то, что [им] не дано, избегают недостойных чувственных удовольствий, избегают лживой речи, избегают хмельного, спиртного, опьяняющего питья и [прочего], ведущего к легкомыслию, — [все] они с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в счастливом небесном мире спутниками тридцати трех богов’.  
“Those who refrain from killing living creatures and so on are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, in the company of the gods of the Thirty-Three.”  
Sace tesaṁ bhavataṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ saccaṁ vacanaṁ, bhavanto kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissanti, devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ.  
И если слова этих досточтимых отшельников и брахманов верны, то [и вы], досточтимые, с распадом тела после смерти вновь родитесь в счастливом небесном мире спутниками тридцати трех богов.  
If what those ascetics and brahmins say is true, when your body breaks up, after death, you’ll be reborn in the company of the gods of the Thirty-Three.  
Sace, bho, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyātha devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ, yena me āgantvā āroceyyātha:  
Если же, почтенные, с распадом тела после смерти вы вновь родитесь в счастливом небесном мире спутниками тридцати трех богов, то явитесь ко мне и передайте:  
If that happens, sirs, come and tell me that  
Ye te mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ.  
Те же твои друзья, приближенные, кровные родичи, которые избегали уничтожать живое, избегали брать то, что [им] не дано, избегали недостойных чувственных удовольствий, избегали лживой речи, избегали хмельного, спиртного, опьяняющего питья и [прочего], ведущего к легкомыслию, — с распадом тела после смерти вновь родились в счастливом небесном мире спутниками тридцати трех богов.  
Now, as to your friends who are reborn in the company of the gods of the Thirty-Three after doing good things.  
Te dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena imañceva lokaṁ passanti parañca satte ca opapātike.  
и этим очищенным божественным, сверхчеловеческим зрением они видят и этот мир, и другой, и самопроизвольно родившихся существ.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see this world and the other world, and sentient beings who are spontaneously reborn.  
Yathā taṁ bālā abyattā anayabyasanaṁ āpannā ayoniso dāyajjaṁ gavesantī, evameva kho tvaṁ, rājañña, bālo abyatto anayabyasanaṁ āpajjissasi ayoniso paralokaṁ gavesanto;  
глупая и неразумная, она обрела несчастье и погибель, неподобающим образом стремясь к наследству. Так же точно и ты, принц, глупый и неразумный, обретешь несчастье и погибель, неподобающим образом стремясь к другому миру, —  
Being foolish and incompetent, she sought an inheritance irrationally and fell to ruin and disaster. In the same way, chieftain, being foolish and incompetent, you’re seeking the other world irrationally and will fall to ruin and disaster,  
Evameva kho tvaṁ, rājañña, bālo abyatto ayoniso paralokaṁ gavesissasi.  
Точно так же и ты, принц, глупый и неразумный, неправильно стремишься [найти] другой мир.  
In the same way, chieftain, being foolish and incompetent, you seek the other world irrationally.  
Evameva kho tvaṁ, rājañña, bālo abyatto anayabyasanaṁ āpajjissasi ayoniso paralokaṁ gavesanto, seyyathāpi so purimo satthavāho.  
Так же точно и ты, принц, глупый и неразумный, неправильно стремясь [найти] другой мир, достигнешь горя и погибели, подобно тому человеку, вожаку каравана.  
In the same way, chieftain, being foolish and incompetent, you will come to ruin seeking the other world irrationally, like the first caravan leader.  
Yo pana tassa dāne vāvaṭo ahosi uttaro nāma māṇavo. So sakkaccaṁ dānaṁ datvā sahatthā dānaṁ datvā cittīkataṁ dānaṁ datvā anapaviddhaṁ dānaṁ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajji devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ.  
Занятый же в его подаянии юноша по имени Уттара, дававший подаяния тщательно, дававший подаяния собственноручно, дававший подаяния с должным размышлением, дававший подаяния не отбросами, с распадом тела после смерти родился в счастливом небесном мире среди тридцати трех богов.  
But the brahmin student Uttara who organized the offering gave gifts carefully, thoughtfully, with his own hands, not giving the dregs. When his body broke up, after death, he was reborn in company with the gods of the Thirty-Three.  
“Yo me, bhante, dāne vāvaṭo ahosi uttaro nāma māṇavo, so sakkaccaṁ dānaṁ datvā sahatthā dānaṁ datvā cittīkataṁ dānaṁ datvā anapaviddhaṁ dānaṁ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapanno devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ.  
«Тот юноша по имени Уттара, господин, который был занят в моем подаянии, дававший подаяния тщательно, дававший подаяния собственноручно, дававший подаяния с должным размышлением, дававший подаяния не отбросами, с распадом тела после смерти родился в счастливом небесном мире среди тридцати трех богов.  
“Sir, Uttara gave gifts carefully, thoughtfully, with his own hands, not giving the dregs. When his body broke up, after death, he was reborn in company with the gods of the Thirty-Three.  
Tena hi, bhante gavampati, manussalokaṁ gantvā evamārocehi:  
Поэтому, господин Гавампати, иди в мир людей и передай так:  
So, sir, when you’ve returned to the human realm, please announce this:  
Yo pana tassa dāne vāvaṭo ahosi uttaro nāma māṇavo, so sakkaccaṁ dānaṁ datvā sahatthā dānaṁ datvā cittīkataṁ dānaṁ datvā anapaviddhaṁ dānaṁ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapanno devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyatan’”ti.  
Занятый же в его подаянии юноша по имени Уттара, дававший подаяния тщательно, дававший подаяния собственноручно, дававший подаяния с должным размышлением, дававший подаяния не отбросами, с распадом тела после смерти родился в счастливом небесном мире среди тридцати трех богов“».  
But the brahmin student Uttara who organized the offering gave gifts carefully, thoughtfully, with his own hands, not giving the dregs. When his body broke up, after death, he was reborn in company with the gods of the Thirty-Three.’”  
Atha kho āyasmā gavampati manussalokaṁ āgantvā evamārocesi:  
И тогда достопочтенный Гавампати, придя в мир людей, передал так:  
So when Venerable Gavampati returned to the human realm he made that announcement.  
Yo pana tassa dāne vāvaṭo ahosi uttaro nāma māṇavo, so sakkaccaṁ dānaṁ datvā sahatthā dānaṁ datvā cittīkataṁ dānaṁ datvā anapaviddhaṁ dānaṁ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapanno devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyatan”ti.  
Занятый же в его подаянии юноша по имени Уттара, дававший подаяния тщательно, дававший подаяния собственноручно, дававший подаяния с должным размышлением, дававший подаяния не отбросами, с распадом тела после смерти родился в счастливом небесном мире среди тридцати трех богов».  
 

dn24lokassāti lokavidū2Pi En Ru dhamma

itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavāti.   ‘Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный’ —  
“That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.”  
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
‘Должным путем следует община учеников Благостного, прямым путем следует община учеников Благостного, путем знания следует община учеников Благостного, праведным путем следует община учеников Благостного — четыре группы людей, восемь [видов] личностей людей; эту общину учеников Благостного должны чтить жертвами, угощениями, подношениями, поклонением; это — несравненное поле заслуг в мире’ —  
“The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”  

dn25lokakkhāyikaṁ lokaṁ lābhasakkārasilokanikantihetu lābhasakkārasilokaṁ ālokasaññī16Pi En Ru dhamma

Seyyathidaṁ—rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ iti vā.   а именно: беседы о царе, беседы о ворах, беседы о советниках, беседы о войске, беседы об опасности, беседы о сражении, беседы о еде, беседы о питье, беседы об одеждах, беседы о ложах, беседы о венках, беседы о благовониях, беседы о родственниках, беседы о повозках, беседы о деревнях, беседы о торговых селениях, беседы о городах, беседы о странах, беседы о женщинах, беседы о мужчинах, беседы о героях, беседы о дорогах, беседы о водоемах, беседы о прежде умерших, беседы о всякой всячине, разговоры о мире, разговоры об океане, беседы о том, что существует и чего не существует.  
talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and well talk; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that state of existence.  
Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
И далее, Нигродха, подвижник предается подвижничеству. Благодаря этому подвижничеству он обретает благополучие, почести, славу. Благодаря этому благополучию, почестям, славе он, исполнив [свое] намерение, бывает удовлетворен.  
Furthermore, a mortifier undertakes a practice of mortification. They generate possessions, honor, and popularity through that mortification. They’re happy with that, as they’ve got all they wished for.  
Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
И когда, Нигродха, подвижник предается подвижничеству, благодаря этому подвижничеству обретает благополучие, почести, славу и благодаря этому благополучию, почестям, славе, исполнив [свое] намерение, бывает удовлетворен,  
 
Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena attānukkaṁseti paraṁ vambheti.  
И далее, Нигродха, подвижник предается подвижничеству. Благодаря этому подвижничеству он обретает благополучие, почести, славу. Благодаря этому благополучию, почестям, славе он превозносит себя и унижает других.  
Furthermore, a mortifier undertakes a practice of mortification. They generate possessions, honor, and popularity through that mortification. They glorify themselves and put others down on account of that.  
Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena attānukkaṁseti paraṁ vambheti.  
И когда, Нигродха, подвижник предается подвижничеству, благодаря этому подвижничеству обретает благополучие, почести, славу и благодаря этому благополучию, почестям, славе превозносит себя и унижает других,  
 
Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena majjati mucchati pamādamāpajjati.  
И далее, Нигродха, подвижник предается подвижничеству. Благодаря этому подвижничеству он обретает благополучие, почести, славу. Благодаря этому благополучию, почестям, славе он опьяняется, одурманивается, становится легкомысленным.  
Furthermore, a mortifier undertakes a practice of mortification. They generate possessions, honor, and popularity through that mortification. They become indulgent and infatuated and fall into negligence on account of that.  
Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena majjati mucchati pamādamāpajjati.  
И когда, Нигродха, подвижник предается подвижничеству, благодаря этому подвижничеству обретает благополучие, почести, славу и благодаря этому благополучию, почестям, славе опьяняется, одурманивается, становится легкомысленным,  
 
Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati lābhasakkārasilokanikantihetu:  
И далее, Нигродха, подвижник предается подвижничеству из стремления к благополучию, почестям, славе, [думая]:  
Furthermore, a mortifier undertakes a practice of mortification out of longing for possessions, honor, and popularity, thinking,  
Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo …pe…  
И далее, Нигродха, подвижник предается подвижничеству. Благодаря этому подвижничеству он обретает благополучие, почести, славу. Благодаря этому благополучию, почестям, славе он, не исполнив [своего] намерения, не бывает удовлетворен …  
Furthermore, a mortifier undertakes a practice of mortification. They generate possessions, honor, and popularity through that mortification. They’re not happy with that, as they still haven’t got all they wished for …  
Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attānukkaṁseti na paraṁ vambheti …pe…  
И далее, Нигродха, подвижник предается подвижничеству. Благодаря этому подвижничеству он обретает благополучие, почести, славу. Благодаря этому благополучию, почестям, славе он не превозносит себя и не унижает других …  
They don’t glorify themselves and put others down on account of possessions, honor, and popularity …  
Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena na majjati na mucchati na pamādamāpajjati …pe…  
И далее, Нигродха, подвижник предается подвижничеству. Благодаря этому подвижничеству он обретает благополучие, почести, славу. Благодаря этому благополучию, почестям, славе он не опьяняется, не одурманивается, не становится легкомысленным …  
They don’t become indulgent because of it …  
Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī na tapaṁ samādiyati lābhasakkārasilokanikantihetu:  
И далее, Нигродха, подвижник предается подвижничеству не из стремления к благополучию, почестям, славе, [думая]:  
Furthermore, a mortifier doesn’t undertake a practice of mortification out of longing for possessions, honor, and popularity …  
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti.  
Отказавшись от косности, он пребывает свободный от косности, ощущая в себе способность [ясного] воззрения, внимательный и вдумчивый он очищает мысли от косности.  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  
mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
пронизывая разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем — третью, затем — четвертую. Он пребывает, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим, безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек, во все стороны.  
Then they meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Он пребывает, пронизывая разумом, исполненным уравновешенности, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем — третью, затем — четвертую. Он пребывает, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим, безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненным уравновешенности, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек, во все стороны.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
Божественным очищенным зрением, выходящим за пределы человеческого, он видит, как существа оставляют жизнь и вновь рождаются, он постигает, как существа, согласно своим действиям, становятся низкими, возвышенными, красивыми, некрасивыми, счастливыми, несчастными: „Поистине, почтенные, те существа, что наделены дурным поведением тела, наделены дурным поведением в речи, наделены дурным поведением разума, злословят о праведных, придерживаются ложных воззрений, наделены действиями, [проистекающими из] ложных воззрений, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в бедствии, несчастье, страдании, преисподней. Те же существа, почтенные, что наделены добрым поведением тела, наделены добрым поведением в речи, наделены добрым поведением разума, не злословят о праведных, придерживаются истинных воззрений, наделены действиями, [проистекающими из] истинных воззрений, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в счастье, в небесном мире“. — Так, божественным очищенным зрением, выходящим за пределы человеческого, он видит, как существа оставляют жизнь и вновь рождаются, он постигает, как существа, согласно своим действиям, становятся низкими, возвышенными, красивыми, некрасивыми, счастливыми, несчастными.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

dn26lokavidū lokaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

Asītivassasahassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu metteyyo nāma bhagavā loke uppajjissati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.   И у людей, живущих восемьдесят тысяч лет, монахи, родится Благостный по имени Меттейя — архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, Будда, Благостный.  
And the Blessed One named Metteyya will arise in the world—perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed— 
Seyyathāpāhametarahi loke uppanno arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.  
Подобно тому, как и я теперь родился в мире — архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, Будда, Благостный.  
just as I have arisen today.  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedessati, seyyathāpāhametarahi imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedemi.  
Он возгласит об этом мироздании с мирами богов, Мары, Брахмы, с миром отшельников и брахманов, с богами и людьми, познав и увидав их собственными глазами, подобно тому, как и я теперь возглашаю об этом мироздании с мирами богов, Мары, Брахмы, с миром отшельников и брахманов, с богами и людьми, познав и увидев их собственными глазами.  
He will realize with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and make it known to others, just as I do today.  
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Вот, монахи, монах пребывает, пронизывая разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем — третью, затем — четвертую. Он пребывает, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим, безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек, во все стороны.  
It’s when a monk meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
он пребывает, пронизывая разумом, исполненным уравновешенности, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем — третью, затем — четвертую. Он пребывает, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим, безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненным уравновешенности, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек, во все стороны.  
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

dn27lokasmiṁ lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Yassa kho panassa, vāseṭṭha, tathāgate saddhā niviṭṭhā mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā daḷhā asaṁhāriyā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ, tassetaṁ kallaṁ vacanāya:   И в ком, Васеттха, обитает вера в Татхагату, которая укоренилась, утвердилась, крепка и не может быть отнята ни отшельником, ни брахманом, ни боГом, ни Марой, ни Брахмой, ни кем-либо в мире, тому подобают слова:  
But only when someone has faith in the Realized One—settled, rooted, and planted deep, strong, not to be shifted by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world—is it appropriate for them to say:  
Khattiyopi kho, vāseṭṭha, kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā sammādiṭṭhiko sammādiṭṭhikammasamādāno sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānahetu kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
И вот, Васеттха, кшатрий, хорошо ведущий себя телом, хорошо ведущий себя в речи, хорошо ведущий себя разумом, придерживающийся истинных воззрений, из-за преданности действиям, [проистекающим из] истинных воззрений, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождается в счастье в небесном мире.  
An aristocrat,  
samaṇopi kho, vāseṭṭha, kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā sammādiṭṭhiko sammādiṭṭhikammasamādāno sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānahetu kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
так, Васеттха, [обозначаемое] этим старым, изначальным словом стало существовать [относящееся] к кругу кшатриев. Таковы [кшатрии], а не иные существа.  
or ascetic may do good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They have right view, and they act out of that right view. And because of that, when their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

dn28lokadhātuyā lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘ayaṁ puggalo yathānusiṭṭhaṁ tathā paṭipajjamāno tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī bhavissati, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissatī’ti.   „Эта личность, осуществив то, в чем была наставлена, избавившись от трех уз, сведя на нет страсть, ненависть и заблуждения, станет единожды возвращающейся, которая, вернувшись еще раз в этот мир, положит конец страданию“.  
‘By practicing as instructed this individual will, with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, become a once-returner. They will come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.’  
‘ayaṁ puggalo tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī bhavissati, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissatī’ti.  
„Эта личность, избавившись от трех уз, сведя не нет страсть, ненависть и заблуждения, станет единожды возвращающейся, которая, вернувшись еще раз в этот мир, положит конец страданию“.  
‘With the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, this individual will become a once-returner. They will come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.’  
hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
он видит, как существа оставляют жизнь и вновь рождаются; он постигает, как существа, согласно своим действиям, становятся низкими, возвышенными, красивыми, некрасивыми, счастливыми, несчастными: „Поистине, почтенные, те существа, что наделены дурным поведением тела, наделены дурным поведением в речи, наделены дурным поведением разума, злословят о праведных, придерживаются ложных воззрений, предаются действиям, [проистекающим из] ложных воззрений, — с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в бедствии, несчастье, страдании, преисподней. Те же существа, почтенные, что наделены хорошим поведением тела, наделены хорошим поведением в речи, наделены хорошим поведением разума, не злословят о праведных, придерживаются истинных воззрений, предаются действиям, [проистекающим из] истинных воззрений, — с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождаются в счастье, в небесном мире“. — Так божественным очищенным зрением, выходящим за пределы человеческого, он видит, как существа оставляют жизнь и вновь рождаются; он постигает, как существа, согласно своим действиям, становятся низкими, возвышенными, красивыми, некрасивыми, счастливыми, несчастными.  
inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  
“aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṁ acarimaṁ uppajjeyyuṁ, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī”’ti.  
‘Невозможно это и невероятно, чтобы в одном мироздании появились два архата, всецело просветленных — ни раньше, ни позже [один другого]. Такого быть не может’“.  
“It’s impossible for two perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas to arise in the same solar system at the same time.”’  

dn29lokassa lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhu tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti.   И далее, почтенный, монах, избавившись от трех уз, сведя на нет страсть, ненависть и заблуждения, становится единожды возвращающимся, который, вернувшись еще раз в этот мир, кладет конец страданию.  
Furthermore, a mendicant—with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion—becomes a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  
Yañca kho, cunda, sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṁ sutaṁ mutaṁ viññātaṁ pattaṁ pariyesitaṁ anuvicaritaṁ manasā, sabbaṁ tathāgatena abhisambuddhaṁ,  
И вот, Чунда, то, что видят, слышат, мыслят, распознают, достигают, ищут, обдумывают разумом в мире богов, Мары, Брахмы, с отшельниками и брахманами, с богами и людьми — всё это постигнуто Татхагатой.  
In this world—with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans—whatever is seen, heard, thought, known, attained, sought, and explored by the mind, all that has been understood by the Realized One.  

dn30lokasmiṁ lokassa lokaṁ sabbalokamabhibhuyya9Pi En Ru dhamma

So tassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā ussannattā vipulattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   он, совершив, накопив, в изобилии умножив подобные дела, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождается в счастливом небесном мире.  
Due to performing, accumulating, heaping up, and amassing those deeds, when his body broke up, after death, he was reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Akkhambhiyo hoti abbhantarehi vā bāhirehi vā paccatthikehi paccāmittehi rāgena vā dosena vā mohena vā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.  
Ни внутренние, ни внешние противники и недруги, ни страсть, ни ненависть, ни заблуждения, ни отшельник, ни брахман, ни бог, ни Мара, ни Брахма — ничто в мире не может нанести [ему] ущерба.  
He can’t be stopped by any foe or enemy whether internal or external; nor by greed, hate, or delusion; nor by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  
So tassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā ussannattā vipulattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati …pe…  
он, совершив, накопив, в изобилии умножив подобные дела, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождается в счастливом небесном мире …  
Due to performing those deeds he was reborn in a heavenly realm.  
Dīghāyuko hoti ciraṭṭhitiko, dīghamāyuṁ pāleti, na sakkā hoti antarā jīvitā voropetuṁ paccatthikehi paccāmittehi samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.  
Он долго живет, долговечен, живет долгую жизнь, и в течение этого времени никакие противники и недруги — ни отшельник, ни брахман, ни бог, ни Мара, ни Брахма — никто в мире не может лишить его жизни.  
He’s long-lived, preserving his life for a long time. No foes or enemies—nor any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or anyone in the world—is able to take his life before his time.  
Sabbalokamabhibhuyya viharatī”ti.  
Он обитает во всем мире, покорив [его]».  
he’ll live having mastered the whole world.”  
musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato ahosi, saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa.  
отказываясь от лживой речи, избегая лживой речи, говорил правду, был связан с правдой, надежен, достоин доверия, не обманывал людей.  
He refrained from lying. He spoke the truth and stuck to the truth. He was honest and trustworthy, and didn’t trick the world with his words.  
Appadhaṁsiyo hoti abbhantarehi vā bāhirehi vā paccatthikehi paccāmittehi, rāgena vā dosena vā mohena vā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.  
Ни внутренние, ни внешние противники, ни страсть, ни ненависть, ни заблуждение, ни отшельник, ни брахман, ни бог, ни Мара, ни Брахма — ничто в мире не может нанести ему поражение.  
He can’t be destroyed by any foe or enemy whether internal or external; nor by greed, hate, or delusion; nor by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  
So tassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā ussannattā vipulattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Он, совершив, накопив, в изобилии умножив подобные дела, с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождается в счастливом небесном мире.  
Due to performing, accumulating, heaping up, and amassing those deeds, when his body broke up, after death, he was reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Imamapi ca paramapi ca passati lokaṁ.  
То зрит и этот, и тот мир.  
he sees this world and the next.  

dn31lokaṁ ubholokavijayāya2Pi En Ru dhamma

ubholokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti. Tassa ayañceva loko āraddho hoti paro ca loko.   достигает победы над обоими мирами, он преуспевает и в этом мире, и в другом мире.  
They’re practicing to win in both worlds, and they succeed in this world and the next.  
So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
С распадом тела после смерти он вновь рождается в счастливом небесном мире.  
When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

dn33lokadhammā lokassā’ti lokavidū lokaṁ ālokasaññaṁ12Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhāvuso, bhikkhu ālokasaññaṁ manasi karoti, divāsaññaṁ adhiṭṭhāti yathā divā tathā rattiṁ, yathā rattiṁ tathā divā.   Вот, друзья, монах устремляет ум к способности [ясного] воззрения, сосредоточивается на осознании дня как днем, так и ночью, как ночью, так и днем,  
A mendicant focuses on the perception of light, concentrating on the perception of day regardless of whether it’s night or day.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Вот, друзья, монах пребывает, пронизывая разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем — третью, затем — четвертую. Он пребывает, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим, безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненным дружелюбия, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек, во все стороны.  
A mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati. Tathā dutiyaṁ. Tathā tatiyaṁ. Tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Он пребывает, пронизывая разумом, исполненным уравновешенности, одну сторону света, затем — вторую, затем — третью, затем — четвертую. Он пребывает, пронизывая великим, всеобъемлющим, безграничным, невраждебным, незлонамеренным разумом, исполненным уравновешенности, весь мир вверх, вниз, поперек, во все стороны.  
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho, bhagavā’ti.  
„Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный”.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
„Община учеников Благостного следует добрым путем, община учеников Благостного следует прямым путем, община учеников Благостного следует правильным путем, община учеников Благостного следует должным путем так, что эти четыре пары людей, восемь [видов] людских личностей — эта община учеников Благостного заслуживает почета, гостеприимства, подношения, почтительного приветствия; [эта община] — несравненное поле заслуг в мире“.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
Nāvuso, sattā ñātisampadāhetu vā bhogasampadāhetu vā ārogyasampadāhetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Ни одно существо, друзья, с распадом тела после смерти не рождается вновь в счастливом, небесном мире из-за удачи с родными, или из-за удачи с имуществом, или из-за удачи со здоровьем.  
It is not because of endowment with family, wealth, or health that sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Sīlasampadāhetu vā, āvuso, sattā diṭṭhisampadāhetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Но, друзья, с распадом тела после смерти существо рождается вновь в счастливом, небесном мире из-за удачи в нравственном поведении или из-за удачи в воззрениях.  
It is because of endowment with ethics or view that sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati,  
И далее, друзья, добронравный, обладающий нравственностью с распадом тела после смерти вновь рождается в счастливом небесном мире.  
Furthermore, when an ethical person’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato, lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
„Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный“.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
Aṭṭha lokadhammā— 
Восемь мирских дел:  
Eight worldly conditions:  
‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
„Нет подаяния, нет жертвоприношения, нет возлияния, нет созревшего плода добрых и злых действий, нет этого лица, нет другого лица, нет матери, нет отца, нет самопроизвольно родившихся существ, нет в мире отшельников и брахманов, находящихся на надлежащем пути и в надлежащем расположении духа, которые, познав и увидев собственными глазами и этот мир, и другой мир, возглашают [истину]“.  
‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  

dn34lokadhammā lokavidū lokaṁ ālokapharaṇatā5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   „Он — Благостный, архат, всецело просветленный, наделенный знанием и добродетелью, Счастливый, знаток мира, несравненный вожатый людей, нуждающихся в узде, учитель богов и людей, Будда, Благостный”.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
pītipharaṇatā, sukhapharaṇatā, cetopharaṇatā, ālokapharaṇatā, paccavekkhaṇanimittaṁ.  
проникнутую радостью, проникнутую счастьем, проникнутую разумом, проникнутую светом, оснащенную внимательностью.  
pervasion with rapture, pervasion with pleasure, pervasion with mind, pervasion with light, and the foundation for reviewing.  
Aṭṭha lokadhammā— 
Восемь мирских дел:  
Eight worldly conditions:  
‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
„Нет подаяния, нет жертвоприношения, нет возлияния, нет созревшего плода добрых и злых действий, нет этого мира, нет другого мира, нет матери, нет отца, нет самопроизвольно родившихся существ, нет в мире отшельников и брахманов, находящихся на надлежащем пути и в надлежащем расположении духа, которые, познав и увидев собственными глазами и этот мир, и другой мир, возглашают [истину]“.  
‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  

mn4lokaṁ lābhasakkārasilokanikāmanasandosahetu lābhasakkārasilokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘ye kho keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nikāmayamānā araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevanti, lābhasakkārasilokanikāmanasandosahetu have te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā akusalaṁ bhayabheravaṁ avhāyanti.   «Когда какие-либо жрецы и отшельники, желающие обретений, хвалы, признания…  
‘There are ascetics and brahmins who enjoy possessions, honor, and popularity …  
Na kho panāhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ nikāmayamāno araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni paṭisevāmi;  
 
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi.  
Божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, я увидел умирающих и перерождающихся существ. [Я распознал] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных. Я понял, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками: «Эти достойные существа, что имели дурное поведение телом, речью и умом, оскорблявшие благородных, придерживавшиеся неправильных воззрений и действовавшие под влиянием неправильных воззрений, с распадом тела, после смерти, родились в состоянии лишений, в плохих местах, в погибели, даже в аду. Но эти достойные существа, что имели хорошее поведение телом, речью и умом, не оскорблявшие благородных, придерживавшиеся правильных воззрений и действовавшие под влиянием правильных воззрений, с распадом тела, после смерти, родились в благих местах, даже в небесном мире». Так, божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, я увидел умирающих и перерождающихся существ, [распознал] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных. Я понял, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I saw sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understood how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I saw sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understood how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

mn5lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, āvuso, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Друзья, есть эти четыре типа личностей в мире.  
“Mendicants, these four people are found in the world.  

mn6lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu: ‘tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī assaṁ sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ kareyyan’ti, sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī …pe… brūhetā suññāgārānaṁ.   Если монах желает: «Пусть я с уничтожением трёх оков и с ослаблением жажды, злобы, заблуждения, стану однажды-возвращающимся, который лишь ещё один раз вернётся в этот мир и положит конец страданию» – то тогда пусть он исполнит…  
A mendicant might wish: ‘May I, with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, become a once-returner, coming back to this world once only, then making an end of suffering.’ So let them fulfill their precepts …  
Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu: ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṁ—ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannāti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti,  
Если монах желает: «Пусть божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, я увижу умирающих и перерождающихся существ. [Я увижу] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных. Я пойму, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками: «Эти достойные существа, что имели дурное поведение телом, речью и умом, оскорблявшие благородных, придерживавшиеся неправильных воззрений и действовавшие под влиянием неправильных воззрений, с распадом тела, после смерти, родились в состоянии лишений, в плохих местах, в погибели, даже в аду. Но эти достойные существа, что имели хорошее поведение телом, речью и умом, не оскорблявшие благородных, придерживавшиеся правильных воззрений и действовавшие под влиянием правильных воззрений, с распадом тела, после смерти, родились в благих местах, даже в небесном мире». Так, божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, я увижу умирающих и перерождающихся существ. [Я увижу] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных. Я пойму, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками» –  
A mendicant might wish: ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: “These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. And may I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.’  

mn7lokasammatā lokassā’ti lokavidū lokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti;   «Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный».  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni, aṭṭha purisapuggalā. Esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo, anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
«Сангха учеников Благословенного практикует хороший путь, практикует прямой путь, практикует верный путь, практикует правильный путь; другими словами, четыре пары или восемь типов личностей – это Сангха учеников Благословенного: достойная даров, достойная гостеприимства, достойная подношений, достойная почтительного приветствия, несравненное поле заслуг для мира».  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati;  
Он пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе – он пребывает, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым доброжелательностью – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Он пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе – он пребывает, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым невозмутимостью – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
“Lokkhasammatā hi, bho gotama, bāhukā nadī bahujanassa, puññasammatā hi, bho gotama, bāhukā nadī bahujanassa, bāhukāya pana nadiyā bahujano pāpakammaṁ kataṁ pavāhetī”ti.  
«Господин Готама, река Бахука, по мнению многих, даёт освобождение, по мнению многих, даёт заслуги, и многие смывают свои неблагие деяния в реке Бахуке».  
“Many people deem that the river Bāhukā leads to a heavenly world and bestows merit. And many people wash off their bad deeds in the river Bāhukā.”  
Lokkhasammatā → lokhyasammatā (bj); lokasammatā (sya-all); mokkhasammatā (pts1ed)  

mn8lokavādapaṭisaṁyuttā2Pi En Ru dhamma

attavādapaṭisaṁyuttā vā lokavādapaṭisaṁyuttā vā—  связанные либо с доктринами о существовании «я», либо с доктринами о мире.  
connected with doctrines of the self or with doctrines of the cosmos.  
attavādapaṭisaṁyuttā vā lokavādapaṭisaṁyuttā vā— 
связанных либо с доктринами о существовании «я», либо с доктринами о мире, 
connected with doctrines of the self or with doctrines of the cosmos.  

mn12anekadhātunānādhātulokaṁ devalokagāminiñca devalokagāmiñca lokasmiṁ lokavidū lokaṁ manussalokagāminiñca manussalokagāmiñca21Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi, satthā devamanussānaṁ, buddho bhagavā’ti.   «Этот Благословенный – тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный».  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
Puna caparaṁ, sāriputta, tathāgato anekadhātunānādhātulokaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.  
Далее, Татхагата понимает в соответствии с действительностью мир с его многочисленными и разнообразными элементами.  
Furthermore, the Realized One truly understands the world with its many and diverse elements.  
Yampi, sāriputta, tathāgato anekadhātunānādhātulokaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, idampi, sāriputta, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti.  
Это также сила Татхагаты …  
Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. …  
Puna caparaṁ, sāriputta, tathāgato dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
Далее, за счёт божественного глаза, очищенного и превосходящего человеческий, Татхагата видит смерть и перерождение существ. [Он видит] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных. Он понимает, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками: «Эти достойные существа, что имели дурное поведение телом, речью и умом, оскорблявшие благородных, придерживавшиеся неправильных воззрений и действовавшие под влиянием неправильных воззрений, с распадом тела, после смерти, родились в состоянии лишений, в плохих местах, в погибели, даже в аду. Но эти достойные существа, что имели хорошее поведение телом, речью и умом, не оскорблявшие благородных, придерживавшиеся правильных воззрений и действовавшие под влиянием правильных воззрений, с распадом тела, после смерти, родились в благих местах, даже в небесном мире». Так, божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, Татхагата видит умирающих и перерождающихся существ. [Он видит] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных. Он понимает, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками».  
Furthermore, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, the Realized One sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. He understands how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, he sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. He understands how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  
Yampi, sāriputta, tathāgato dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Idampi, sāriputta, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti.  
Это также сила Татхагаты …  
Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. …  
‘Sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhā’ti. Tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessatīti nimittametaṁ, sāriputta, na samanupassāmi.  
Я не вижу какого-либо основания, на котором какой-либо отшельник, жрец, дэва, Мара, Брахма или кто-либо в мире мог бы в соответствии с Дхаммой обвинить меня: «Хоть ты и заявляешь, что ты полностью просветлённый, всё же ты не полностью просветлён в отношении этих вещей».  
I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘You claim to be a fully awakened Buddha, but you don’t understand these things.’  
‘Khīṇāsavassa te paṭijānato ime āsavā aparikkhīṇā’ti. Tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessatīti nimittametaṁ, sāriputta, na samanupassāmi.  
Я не вижу какого-либо основания, на котором какой-либо отшельник, жрец, дэва, Мара, Брахма или кто-либо в мире мог бы в соответствии с Дхаммой обвинить меня: «Хоть ты и заявляешь, что ты тот, кто уничтожил пятна [умственных загрязнений], всё же, ты не уничтожил эти пятна».  
I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘You claim to have ended all defilements, but you still have these defilements.’  
‘Ye kho pana te antarāyikā dhammā vuttā, te paṭisevato nālaṁ antarāyāyā’ti. Tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessatīti nimittametaṁ, sāriputta, na samanupassāmi.  
Я не вижу какого-либо основания, на котором какой-либо отшельник, жрец, дэва, Мара, Брахма или кто-либо в мире мог бы в соответствии с Дхаммой обвинить меня: «Те вещи, которые ты назвал препятствующими, на самом деле не могут воспрепятствовать тому, кто пускается в них».  
I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘The acts that you say are obstructions are not really obstructions for the one who performs them.’  
‘Yassa kho pana te atthāya dhammo desito, so na niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’ti. Tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessatīti nimittametaṁ, sāriputta, na samanupassāmi.  
Я не вижу какого-либо основания, на котором какой-либо отшельник, жрец, дэва, Мара, Брахма или кто-либо в мире мог бы в соответствии с Дхаммой обвинить меня: «Когда ты обучаешь Дхамме кого-либо, она не ведёт того, кто её практикует, к полному уничтожению страданий».  
I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or Brahmā, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘The teaching doesn’t lead those who practice it to the complete ending of suffering, the goal for which it is taught.’  
Manusse cāhaṁ, sāriputta, pajānāmi, manussalokagāmiñca maggaṁ, manussalokagāminiñca paṭipadaṁ;  
Я понимаю человеческих существ, а также путь, ведущий в мир людей. …  
humanity …  
Deve cāhaṁ, sāriputta, pajānāmi, devalokagāmiñca maggaṁ, devalokagāminiñca paṭipadaṁ;  
Я понимаю богов, а также путь, ведущий в мир богов.  
gods, and the path and practice that leads to the world of the gods.  
yathā paṭipanno ca kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati tañca pajānāmi.  
Я также понимаю, каким образом тот, кто вступил на этот путь, с распадом тела, после смерти, возникает в счастливом уделе, в небесном мире.  
And I understand how someone practicing that way, when their body breaks up, after death, is reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
‘tathāyaṁ puggalo paṭipanno tathā ca iriyati tañca maggaṁ samārūḷho, yathā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissatī’ti.  
«Этот человек ведёт себя так-то, поступает так-то, вступил на такой-то путь, так что с распадом тела, после смерти, он возникнет в счастливом уделе, в небесном мире».  
‘This person … will be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’  
Tamenaṁ passāmi aparena samayena dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ, ekantasukhā vedanā vedayamānaṁ.  
И спустя какое-то время, божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, я вижу, как с распадом тела, после смерти, он возник в счастливом уделе, в небесном мире, и [там] переживает исключительно приятные чувства.  
Then some time later I see that they have indeed been reborn in a heavenly realm, where they experience exclusively pleasant feelings.  
tathāyaṁ puggalo paṭipanno tathā ca iriyati tañca maggaṁ samārūḷho yathā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissatīti.  
 
 
Tamenaṁ passāmi aparena samayena dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ, ekantasukhā vedanā vedayamānaṁ.  
… исключительно приятные чувства. 
 
Suddhāvāse cāhaṁ, sāriputta, deve saṁsareyyaṁ, nayimaṁ lokaṁ punarāgaccheyyaṁ.  
Если бы я прошёл по круговерти как божество Чистых обителей, то я бы никогда более не вернулся в этот мир  
For if I had transmigrated to the gods of the pure abodes I would not have returned to this realm again.  
Suddhāvāse cāhaṁ, sāriputta, deve upapajjeyyaṁ, nayimaṁ lokaṁ punarāgaccheyyaṁ.  
 
 
Suddhāvāse cāhaṁ, sāriputta, deve āvaseyyaṁ, nayimaṁ lokaṁ punarāgaccheyyaṁ.  
 
 

mn21lokaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tañca puggalaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā pharitvā viharissāma, tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cittena vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti.   Мы будем пребывать, распространяя на этого человека ум, наделённый доброжелательностью, и, начиная с него, мы будем пребывать, распространяя на весь окружающий мир ум, насыщенный доброжелательностью – обильный, возвышенный, безмерный, не имеющий враждебности и недоброжелательности».  
We will meditate spreading a heart of love to that person. And with them as a basis, we will meditate spreading a heart full of love to everyone in the world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.’  
Tañca puggalaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā pharitvā viharissāma, tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ pathavisamena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti.  
Мы будем пребывать, мы будем пребывать, распространяя на весь окружающий мир ум, подобный земле, – обильный, возвышенный, безмерный, не имеющий враждебности и недоброжелательности».  
We will meditate spreading a heart of love to that person. And with them as a basis, we will meditate spreading a heart like the earth to everyone in the world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.’  
tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ ākāsasamena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti.  
 
‘… We will meditate spreading a heart of love to that person. And with them as a basis, we will meditate spreading a heart like space to everyone in the world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.’  
tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ gaṅgāsamena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti.  
 
‘… We will meditate spreading a heart of love to that person. And with them as a basis, we will meditate spreading a heart like the Ganges to everyone in the world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.’  
Tañca puggalaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā pharitvā viharissāma, tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ biḷārabhastāsamena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti.  
Мы будем пребывать, распространяя на весь окружающий мир ум, подобный сумке из кошачьей шкуры, – обильный, возвышенный, безмерный, не имеющий враждебности и недоброжелательности».  
We will meditate spreading a heart of love to that person. And with them as a basis, we will meditate spreading a heart like a catskin bag to everyone in the world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.’  
Tañca puggalaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā pharitvā viharissāma tadārammaṇañca sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharissāmā’ti.  
Мы будем пребывать, распространяя на них ум, наделённый доброжелательностью, и, начиная с них, мы будем пребывать, распространяя на весь окружающий мир ум, насыщенный доброжелательностью, – обильный, возвышенный, безмерный, не имеющий враждебности и недоброжелательности».  
We will meditate spreading a heart of love to that person. And with them as a basis, we will meditate spreading a heart full of love to everyone in the world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.’  

mn22lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ svākkhāte, bhikkhave, mayā dhamme uttāne vivaṭe pakāsite chinnapilotike yesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ tīṇi saṁyojanāni pahīnāni, rāgadosamohā tanubhūtā, sabbe te sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti.   В этой хорошо провозглашённой мною Дхамме – чистой, открытой, очевидной, цельной и не сшитой из лоскутов – монахи, которые отбросили трое низших оков и ослабили жажду, злобу, заблуждение, – все они однажды-возвращающиеся; вернувшись один раз в этот мир, они положат конец страданиям.  
In this teaching there are mendicants who, having given up three fetters, and weakened greed, hate, and delusion, are once-returners. All of them come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering. …  

mn26lokasmiṁ lokaṁ paralokavajjabhayadassāvine9Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṁ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṁ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokesiṁ.   И тогда я, услышав просьбу Брахмы, из сострадания к существам обозрел мир оком Будды.  
Then, understanding Brahmā’s invitation, I surveyed the world with the eye of a Buddha, because of my compassion for sentient beings.  
Addasaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe, tikkhindriye mudindriye, svākāre dvākāre, suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.  
Обозрев мир оком Будды, я увидел существ, у которых мало пыли в глазах и много пыли в глазах, с сильными качествами и со слабыми качествами, с хорошими свойствами и с плохими свойствами, которых легко обучать и которых трудно обучать, и некоторых, кто пребывал в видении неодобрения и страха перед иным миром.  
And I saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not.  
evameva kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento addasaṁ satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe, tikkhindriye mudindriye, svākāre dvākāre, suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.  
- точно так же, обозрев мир оком Будды, я увидел существ, у которых мало пыли в глазах и много пыли в глазах, с сильными качествами и со слабыми качествами, с хорошими свойствами и с плохими свойствами, которых легко обучать и которых трудно обучать, и некоторых, кто пребывал в видении неодобрения и страха перед иным миром.  
In the same way, I saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes.  
Sadevakasmiṁ lokasmiṁ,  
В мире во всём со всеми божествами,  
In the world with its gods,  
Andhībhūtasmiṁ lokasmiṁ,  
И в мире, что ослепшим [снова] стал,  
In this world that is so blind,  

mn27lokassa lokavidū lokaṁ ālokasaññī4Pi En Ru dhamma

Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.   Точно так же, брахман, в мире появляется Татхагата – совершенный, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный.  
In the same way, brahmin, a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он провозглашает этот мир с его богами и людьми, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, который он сам реализовал посредством прямого знания.  
He realizes with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa.  
Отбрасывая лживую речь, он воздерживается от лживой речи. Он говорит истину, держится за истину, [в этом он] прочен, надёжен, не обманывает мир.  
They give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and trustworthy, and don’t trick the world with their words.  
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti.  
Оставляя лень и апатию, он пребывает свободным от лени и апатии – осознанным, бдительным, воспринимая свет. Он очищает свой ум от лени и апатии.  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  

mn29lābhasakkārasilokavā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ12Pi En Ru dhamma

So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.   Когда он подобным образом ушёл в жизнь бездомную, он [далее] получает обретения, славу, известность.  
When they’ve gone forth they generate possessions, honor, and popularity.  
‘ahamasmi lābhasakkārasilokavā, ime panaññe bhikkhū appaññātā appesakkhā’ti.  
«Я тот, кто получает обретения и известность, но те другие монахи неизвестны, никто их не ценит».  
‘I’m the one with possessions, honor, and popularity. These other mendicants are obscure and insignificant.’  
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
 
 
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena attānukkaṁseti, paraṁ vambheti ‘ahamasmi lābhasakkārasilokavā, ime panaññe bhikkhū appaññātā appesakkhā’ti.  
 
 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
Когда он подобным образом уходит в жизнь бездомную, он [далее] получает обретения, славу, известность.  
When they’ve gone forth they generate possessions, honor, and popularity.  
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
 
 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
Когда он подобным образом уходит в жизнь бездомную, он [далее] получает обретения, славу, известность.  
When they’ve gone forth they generate possessions, honor, and popularity. …  
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
 
 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
он [далее] получает обретения, славу, известность… …  
When they’ve gone forth they generate possessions, honor, and popularity. …  
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
 
 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
Когда он подобным образом уходит в жизнь бездомную, он [далее] получает обретения, славу, известность.  
When they’ve gone forth they generate possessions, honor, and popularity.  
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
 
 

mn30lābhasakkārasilokavā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.   Когда он подобным образом уходит в жизнь бездомную, он [далее] получает обретения, славу, известность.  
When they’ve gone forth they generate possessions, honor, and popularity.  
‘ahamasmi lābhasakkārasilokavā, ime panaññe bhikkhū appaññātā appesakkhā’ti.  
«Я тот, кто получает обретения и известность, но те другие монахи неизвестны, никто их не ценит».  
‘I’m the one with possessions, honor, and popularity. These other mendicants are obscure and insignificant.’  
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
 
When they’ve gone forth they generate possessions, honor, and popularity.  
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
 
 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
 
 
So evaṁ pabbajito samāno lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti.  
Когда он подобным образом уходит в жизнь бездомную, он [далее] получает обретения, славу, известность. 
When they’ve gone forth they generate possessions, honor, and popularity.  

mn31lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sadevako cepi, dīgha, loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā ete tayo kulaputte pasannacittā anussareyya, sadevakassapāssa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya.   Если мир с его богами, его Марами и его Брахмами, это поколение с его жрецами и отшельниками, князьями и [простыми] людьми, будет помнить этих троих представителей клана с преданным сердцем, это приведёт этот мир к благополучию и счастью на долгое время.  
If the whole world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—were to recollect those venerables with confident heart, that would be for the whole world’s lasting welfare and happiness.  

mn34lokassa lokaṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā akusalā imassa lokassa akusalā parassa lokassa, akusalā māradheyyassa akusalā amāradheyyassa, akusalā maccudheyyassa akusalā amaccudheyyassa, tesaṁ ye sotabbaṁ saddahātabbaṁ maññissanti, tesaṁ taṁ bhavissati dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya.   Точно так же, монахи, что касается тех жрецов и отшельников, которые являются неумелыми в этом мире и в другом мире, неумелыми в царстве Мары и в том, что лежит вне царства Мары, неумелыми в царстве Смерти и в том, что лежит вне царства Смерти, – это приведёт к вреду и страданию на долгое время тех, кто верит им и думает, что их следует слушать.  
In the same way, there are ascetics and brahmins who are unskilled in this world and the other world, unskilled in Māra’s domain and its opposite, and unskilled in Death’s domain and its opposite. If anyone thinks they are worth listening to and trusting, it will be for their lasting harm and suffering.  
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kusalā imassa lokassa kusalā parassa lokassa, kusalā māradheyyassa kusalā amāradheyyassa, kusalā maccudheyyassa kusalā amaccudheyyassa, tesaṁ ye sotabbaṁ saddahātabbaṁ maññissanti, tesaṁ taṁ bhavissati dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāya.  
Точно также, монахи, что касается тех жрецов и отшельников, которые являются умелыми в этом мире и в другом мире, умелыми в царстве Мары и в том, что лежит вне царства Мары, умелыми в царстве Смерти и в том, что лежит вне царства Смерти, – это приведёт к благополучию и счастью на долгое время тех, кто верит им и думает, что их следует слушать.  
In the same way, there are ascetics and brahmins who are skilled in this world and the other world, skilled in Māra’s domain and its opposite, and skilled in Death’s domain and its opposite. If anyone thinks they are worth listening to and trusting, it will be for their lasting welfare and happiness.  
evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti, tepi tiriyaṁ mārassa sotaṁ chetvā sotthinā pāraṁ gamissanti.  
точно также и те монахи, которые с уничтожением трёх [нижних] оков и с ослаблением жажды, злобы, заблуждения, являются однажды-возвращающимися, которые вернутся в этот мир лишь один раз и положат конец страданиям, – борясь против потока Мары, они также в благополучии переберутся на дальний берег.  
are the mendicants who, with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, are once-returners. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering. They too, having breasted Māra’s stream, will safely cross over to the far shore.  
Ahaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, kusalo imassa lokassa kusalo parassa lokassa, kusalo māradheyyassa kusalo amāradheyyassa, kusalo maccudheyyassa kusalo amaccudheyyassa. Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, ye sotabbaṁ saddahātabbaṁ maññissanti, tesaṁ taṁ bhavissati dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti.  
Монахи, я умелый в этом мире и в другом мире, умелый в царстве Мары и в том, что лежит вне царства Мары, умелый в царстве Смерти и в том, что лежит вне царства Смерти. Это приведёт к благополучию и счастью на долгое время тех, кто верит мне и думает, что меня следует слушать.  
Mendicants, I am skilled in this world and the other world, skilled in Māra’s domain and its opposite, and skilled in Death’s domain and its opposite. If anyone thinks I am worth listening to and trusting, it will be for their lasting welfare and happiness.”  
Sabbaṁ lokaṁ abhiññāya,  
Весь мир всецело зная напрямую,,  
Directly knowing the whole world,  

mn38lokassa lokavidū lokaṁ ālokasaññī4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.   Вот, монахи, Татхагата возникает в мире – совершенный, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный.  
But consider when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он провозглашает этот мир с его богами и людьми, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, который он сам реализовал посредством прямого знания.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa.  
Отбрасывая лживую речь, он воздерживается от лживой речи. Он говорит истину, держится за истину, [в этом он] прочен, надёжен, не обманывает мир.  
They give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and trustworthy, and don’t trick the world with their words.  
thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī, sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti;  
Оставляя лень и апатию, он пребывает свободным от лени и апатии – осознанным, бдительным, воспринимая свет. Он очищает свой ум от лени и апатии.  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  

mn39ālokasaññī1Pi En Ru dhamma

thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati, ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti;   Он очищает ум от недоброжелательности и злости. Оставляя лень и апатию, он пребывает свободным от лени и апатии – осознанным, бдительным, воспринимая свет. Он очищает свой ум от лени и апатии.  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  

mn40lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.   Он пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую.  Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе, – он пребывает, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.  
Он пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую.  Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе, – он пребывает, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

mn41lokavidū lokaṁ9Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’.   «Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он постиг своим собственным прозрением этот мир — с его богами, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, — и он делает это известным другим.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
Ko pana, bho gotama, hetu, ko paccayo, yena m’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti?  
И в чём условие и причина, почему некоторые существа с распадом тела, после смерти, возникают в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире?  
And what is the cause, Master Gotama, what is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm?”  
Dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
По причине поведения, соответствующего Дхамме, по причине праведного поведения некоторые существа с распадом тела, после смерти, возникают в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
Principled and moral conduct is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
‘natthi dinnaṁ natthi yiṭṭhaṁ natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko natthi paro loko, natthi mātā natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
«Нет ничего, что дано; нет ничего, что предложено; нет ничего, что пожертвовано. Нет плода или результата хороших или плохих поступков.  Нет этого мира, нет другого мира; нет отца, нет матери, нет спонтанно рождающихся существ. Нет хороших и нравственных жрецов и отшельников в мире, которые, сами реализовав [это своим собственным] прямым знанием, провозгласили этот мир и другой мир».  
‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘atthi dinnaṁ atthi yiṭṭhaṁ atthi hutaṁ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, atthi ayaṁ loko atthi paro loko, atthi mātā atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
«Есть то, что дано; есть то, что предложено; есть то, что пожертвовано. Есть плод или результат хороших или плохих поступков. Есть этот мир, есть другой мир; есть отец, есть мать, есть спонтанно рождающиеся существа. Есть хорошие и нравственные жрецы и отшельники в мире, которые, сами реализовав [это своим собственным] прямым знанием, провозгласили этот мир и другой мир».  
‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
Evaṁ dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Так, домохозяева, по причине подобного поведения, которое согласуется с Дхаммой, праведного поведения, некоторые существа с распадом тела, после смерти, возникают в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
This is how principled and moral conduct is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

mn42lokavidū lokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’.   Он постиг своим собственным прозрением этот мир — с его богами, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, — и он делает это известным другим.  
 
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он обучает Дхамме – прекрасной в начале, прекрасной в середине и прекрасной в конце – в правильных значениях и формулировках.  
 
Ko pana, bho gotama, hetu, ko paccayo yena m’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti?  
И в чём условие и причина, почему некоторые существа с распадом тела, после смерти, возникают в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире?  
And what is the cause, Master Gotama, what is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm?”  
Dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
Тот, кто соблюдает поведение, которое соответствует Дхамме, обладает праведным поведением с распадом тела, после смерти, возникает в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
Principled and moral conduct is the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
Evaṁ dhammacariyāsamacariyāhetu kho, gahapatayo, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
 
 

mn43lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idhāvuso, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.   Вот, монах пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе, – он пребывает, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности.  
Firstly, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.  
Он пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, как к самому себе, – он пребывает, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

mn45lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   С распадом тела, после смерти, он возникает в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
С распадом тела, после смерти, он возникает в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

mn46lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   С распадом тела, после смерти, он возникает в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
But when their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
С распадом тела, после смерти, он возникает в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
And when their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

mn47lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

daḷhā asaṁhāriyā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.   Её не могут одолеть какой-либо жрец или отшешьник, или божество, или Мара, или Брахма, или кто бы то ни было в мире.  
It is strong, and cannot be shifted by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  

mn48idhalokacintāya paralokacintāya2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu idhalokacintāya pasuto hoti, pariyuṭṭhitacittova hoti.   Если монах погружён в рассуждения об этом мире, то его ум охвачен.  
pursuing speculation about this world,  
Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paralokacintāya pasuto hoti, pariyuṭṭhitacittova hoti.  
Если монах погружён в рассуждения о следующем мире, то его ум охвачен.  
pursuing speculation about the next world,  

mn49lokasmiṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

Ahesuṁ kho ye, bhikkhu, tayā pubbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā lokasmiṁ pathavīgarahakā pathavījigucchakā, āpagarahakā āpajigucchakā, tejagarahakā tejajigucchakā, vāyagarahakā vāyajigucchakā, bhūtagarahakā bhūtajigucchakā, devagarahakā devajigucchakā, pajāpatigarahakā pajāpatijigucchakā, brahmagarahakā brahmajigucchakā—  До тебя, в прежние времена, монах, в мире были жрецы и отшельники, которые порицали землю и отвращались от земли, которые порицали воду и отвращались от воды, которые порицали огонь и отвращались от огня, которые порицали воздух и отвращались от воздуха, которые порицали существ и отвращались от существ, которые порицали богов и отвращались от богов, которые порицали Паджапати и отвращались от Паджапати, которые порицали Брахму и отвращались от Брахмы.  
There have been ascetics and brahmins before you, mendicant, who criticized and loathed earth, water, air, fire, creatures, gods, the Progenitor, and Brahmā.  
Ye pana, bhikkhu, tayā pubbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā lokasmiṁ pathavīpasaṁsakā pathavābhinandino, āpapasaṁsakā āpābhinandino, tejapasaṁsakā tejābhinandino, vāyapasaṁsakā vāyābhinandino, bhūtapasaṁsakā bhūtābhinandino, devapasaṁsakā devābhinandino, pajāpatipasaṁsakā pajāpatābhinandino, brahmapasaṁsakā brahmābhinandino— 
До тебя, в прежние времена, монах, в мире были жрецы и отшельники, которые восхваляли землю и наслаждались землёй, которые восхваляли воду и наслаждались водой, которые восхваляли огонь и наслаждались огнём, которые восхваляли воздух и наслаждались воздухом, которые восхваляли существ и наслаждались существами, которые восхваляли богов и наслаждались богами, которые восхваляли Паджапати и наслаждались Паджапати, которые восхваляли Брахму и наслаждались Брахмой.  
There have been ascetics and brahmins before you, mendicant, who praised and approved earth, water, air, fire, creatures, gods, the Progenitor, and Brahmā.  
Ahesuṁ kho, bhikkhu, tayā pubbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā lokasmiṁ yāvatakaṁ tuyhaṁ kasiṇaṁ āyu tāvatakaṁ tesaṁ tapokammameva ahosi.  
До тебя, в прежние времена, монах, в мире были жрецы и отшельники, чья аскеза длилась столько, сколько длится вся твоя жизнь.  
There have been ascetics and brahmins in the world before you, mendicant, whose deeds of fervent mortification lasted as long as your entire life.  
Ahesuṁ kho, bhikkhu, tayā pubbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā lokasmiṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā paṭijānamānā.  
До тебя, в прежние времена, монах, в мире были жрецы и отшельники, которые заявляли о том, что они совершенные и полностью просветлённые,  
There have been ascetics and brahmins before you, mendicant, who claimed to be perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas.  
Ahesuṁ ye pana, bhikkhu, tayā pubbe samaṇabrāhmaṇā lokasmiṁ arahanto sammāsambuddhā paṭijānamānā.  
До тебя, в прежние времена, монах, в мире были жрецы и отшельники, которые заявляли о том, что они совершенные и полностью просветлённые,  
But there have also been other ascetics and brahmins before you, mendicant, who claimed to be perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas.  

mn50lokaṁ sahāpalokanāya6Pi En Ru dhamma

Etha, tumhe, bhikkhave, mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharatha, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharatha.   Ну же, монахи, пребывайте, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе, – пребывайте, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности.  
Come, all of you mendicants, meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharatha, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharathā’ti.  
Пребывайте, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым состраданием невозмутимостью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, как к самому себе, – пребывайте, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности».  
Meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.’  
Atha kho te, pāpima, bhikkhū kakusandhena bhagavatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena evaṁ ovadiyamānā evaṁ anusāsiyamānā araññagatāpi rukkhamūlagatāpi suññāgāragatāpi mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihariṁsu, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihariṁsu.  
И тогда, Злой, когда Благословенный Какусандха, совершенный и полностью просветлённый, наставил таким образом тех монахов, они, уйдя в лес, или к подножью дерева, или в пустую хижину, пребывали, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым доброжелательностью – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности».  
When those mendicants were instructed and advised by the Buddha Kakusandha in this way, they went to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, where they meditated spreading a heart full of love …  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihariṁsu, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihariṁsu.  
невозмутимостью…  
equanimity.  
Ye kho pana, pāpima, tena samayena manussā kālaṁ karonti yebhuyyena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
И по тому случаю, Злой, большинство тех людей, когда они умерли, возникли с распадом тела, после смерти, в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
Most of the people who died at that time—when their body broke up, after death—were reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Sahāpalokanāya ca pana, pāpima, dūsī māro tamhā ca ṭhānā cavi mahānirayañca upapajji.  
И как только он посмотрел так, Злой, Мара Дуси ниспал с того места и возник в Великом аду.  
And as he was gazing, Māra Dūsī fell from that place and was reborn in the Great Hell.  

mn51lokasmiṁ lokassa lokavidū lokaṁ ālokasaññī6Pi En Ru dhamma

Cattārome, pessa, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   Песса, есть четыре типа личностей, существующих в мире.  
Pessa, these four people are found in the world.  
Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.  
Вот, монахи, в мире возникает Татхагата – тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный.  
It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он провозглашает этот мир с его богами и людьми, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, который он сам реализовал посредством прямого знания.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa.  
Отбрасывая лживую речь, он воздерживается от лживой речи. Он говорит истину, держится за истину, [в этом] прочен, надёжен, не обманывает мир.  
They give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and trustworthy, and don’t trick the world with their words.  
thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti;  
Оставляя лень и апатию, он пребывает свободным от лени и апатии – осознанным, бдительным, воспринимая свет. Он очищает свой ум от лени и апатии.  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
Посредством божественного видения, очищенного и превосходящего человеческое, он видит как существа покидают жизнь и перерождаются, и он распознаёт низменных и высоких, прекрасных и уродливых, удачливых и неудачливых. Он понимает, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками: «Эти существа, которые придерживались плохого поведения в поступках, речах и мыслях, оскорбляли благородных, были привержены неверным воззрениям, предпринимая действия на основе неверных воззрений. С распадом тела, после смерти, они возникают в состоянии лишения, в несчастливом уделе, в погибели, даже в аду. А эти существа, которые придерживались хорошего поведения в поступках, речах и мыслях, которые не оскорбляли благородных, были привержены верным воззрениям, предпринимая действия на основе верных воззрений, с остановкой жизнедеятельности тела, после смерти, возрождаются в хороших участях, в небесных мирах». Так, посредством божественного видения, очищенного и превосходящего человеческое, он видит как существа покидают жизнь и перерождаются, и различает, как они становятся низменными и высокими, прекрасными и уродливыми, удачливыми и неудачливыми в соответствии с их поступками.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

mn52lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, gahapati, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.   Далее, монах пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе, – он пребывает, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности.  
Furthermore, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.  
невозмутимостью…  
equanimity …  

mn53lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   «Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный».  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  

mn55lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.   Он пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе, – он пребывает, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.  
Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, как к самому себе, – он пребывает, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности.  
In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

mn56lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

sadevako cepi, bhante, loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā imāya āvaṭṭaniyā āvaṭṭeyyuṁ; sadevakassapissa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyāti.   Весь мир с его богами, с его Марами, с его Брахмами, с его поколениями жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, был бы обращён этим обращением, то это привело бы этот мир к благополучию и счастью на долгое время.  
If the whole world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—were to be converted by this, it would be for their lasting welfare and happiness.  

mn57lokaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

So sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   Породив болезненный телесный… словесный… умственный волевой формирователь, он перерождается в болезненном мире.  
Having made these choices, they’re reborn in a hurtful world,  
Tamenaṁ sabyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ samānaṁ sabyābajjhā phassā phusanti.  
Когда он переродился в болезненном мире, его касаются болезненные контакты.  
where hurtful contacts strike them.  
So abyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā abyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Породив не-болезненный телесный… словесный… умственный волевой формирователь, он перерождается в не-болезненном мире.  
Having made these choices, they are reborn in a pleasing world,  
Tamenaṁ abyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ samānaṁ abyābajjhā phassā phusanti.  
Когда он переродился в не-болезненном мире, его касаются не-болезненные контакты.  
where pleasing contacts strike them.  
So sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Породив… он перерождается в мире, который и болезненный и не-болезненный.  
Having made these choices, they are reborn in a world that is both hurtful and pleasing,  
Tamenaṁ sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṁ upapannaṁ samānaṁ sabyābajjhāpi abyābajjhāpi phassā phusanti.  
Когда он переродился в таком мире, его касаются и болезненные и не-болезненные контакты.  
where hurtful and pleasing contacts strike them.  

mn60lokasmiṁ lokavidū lokaṁ paralokaviduno29Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   «Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он провозглашает этот мир с его богами и людьми, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, который он сам реализовал посредством прямого знания.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ; natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko; natthi mātā, natthi pitā; natthi sattā opapātikā; natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammā paṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
«Нет ничего, что дано; нет ничего, что предложено; нет ничего, что пожертвовано. Нет плода или результата хороших или плохих поступков. Нет этого мира, нет другого мира; нет отца, нет матери, нет спонтанно рождающихся существ. Нет хороших и нравственных жрецов и отшельников в мире, которые, сами реализовав [это своим собственным] прямым знанием, провозгласили этот мир и другой мир».  
‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ, atthi hutaṁ; atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko; atthi ayaṁ loko, atthi paro loko; atthi mātā, atthi pitā; atthi sattā opapātikā; atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammā paṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
«Есть то, что дано; есть то, что предложено; есть то, что пожертвовано. Есть плод или результат хороших или плохих поступков. Есть этот мир, есть другой мир; Есть отец, есть мать, есть спонтанно рождающиеся существа. Есть хорошие и нравственные жрецы и отшельники в мире, которые, сами реализовав [это своим собственным] прямым знанием, провозгласили этот мир и другой мир».  
‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ …pe… ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti  
«Нет ничего, что дано этот мир и другой мир»,  
there’s no meaning in giving, etc.  
Santaṁyeva pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘natthi paro loko’ tissa diṭṭhi hoti; sāssa hoti micchādiṭṭhi.  
Но поскольку на самом деле другой мир существует, то тот, кто придерживается такого воззрения: «Нет другого мира», – имеет неправильное воззрение.  
Moreover, since there actually is another world, their view that there is no other world is wrong view.  
Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘natthi paro loko’ti saṅkappeti; svāssa hoti micchāsaṅkappo.  
Поскольку на самом деле другой мир существует, то тот, кто устремляется так: «Нет другого мира», – имеет неправильное устремление.  
Since there actually is another world, their thought that there is no other world is wrong thought.  
Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘natthi paro loko’ti vācaṁ bhāsati; sāssa hoti micchāvācā.  
Поскольку на самом деле другой мир существует, то тот, кто делает утверждение: «Нет другого мира», – имеет неправильную речь.  
Since there actually is another world, their speech that there is no other world is wrong speech.  
Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘natthi paro loko’ti āha; ye te arahanto paralokaviduno tesamayaṁ paccanīkaṁ karoti.  
Поскольку на самом деле другой мир существует, то тот, кто говорит: «Нет другого мира», – противоречит тем арахантам, которые знают другой мир.  
Since there actually is another world, in saying that there is no other world they contradict those perfected ones who know the other world.  
Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘natthi paro loko’ti paraṁ saññāpeti; sāssa hoti asaddhammasaññatti.  
Поскольку на самом деле другой мир существует, то когда он убеждает другого: «Нет другого мира», – он убеждает его принять неправильную Дхамму, и поскольку он убеждает другого принять неправильную Дхамму,  
Since there actually is another world, in convincing another that there is no other world they are convincing them to accept an untrue teaching.  
‘atthi dinnaṁ …pe… ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti  
«Есть то, что дано; есть то, что предложено провозглашают этот мир и другой мир»,  
there is meaning in giving, etc.  
Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘atthi paro loko’ tissa diṭṭhi hoti; sāssa hoti sammādiṭṭhi.  
Поскольку на самом деле другой мир существует, то тот, кто придерживается воззрения: «Есть другой мир», – имеет правильное воззрение.  
Moreover, since there actually is another world, their view that there is another world is right view.  
Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘atthi paro loko’ti saṅkappeti; svāssa hoti sammāsaṅkappo.  
Поскольку на самом деле другой мир существует, то тот , кто устремляется так: «Есть другой мир», – имеет правильное устремление.  
Since there actually is another world, their thought that there is another world is right thought.  
Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘atthi paro loko’ti vācaṁ bhāsati; sāssa hoti sammāvācā.  
Поскольку на самом деле другой мир существует, то тот, кто делает утверждение: «Есть другой мир», – имеет правильную речь.  
Since there actually is another world, their speech that there is another world is right speech.  
Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘atthi paro loko’ti āha; ye te arahanto paralokaviduno tesamayaṁ na paccanīkaṁ karoti.  
Поскольку на самом деле другой мир существует, тот, кто говорит: «Есть другой мир», – не противоречит тем арахантам, которые знают другой мир.  
Since there actually is another world, in saying that there is another world they don’t contradict those perfected ones who know the other world.  
Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘atthi paro loko’ti paraṁ saññāpeti; sāssa hoti saddhammasaññatti.  
Поскольку на самом деле другой мир существует, то когда он убеждает другого: «Есть другой мир», – он убеждает его принять правильную Дхамму, и поскольку он убеждает другого принять правильную Дхамму,  
Since there actually is another world, in convincing another that there is another world they are convincing them to accept a true teaching.  
‘sace kho atthi paro loko, evamayaṁ bhavaṁ purisapuggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissati.  
«Если есть другой мир, то тогда после распада тела, после смерти, этот почтенный человек переродится в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
‘If there is another world, when this individual’s body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
yañca diṭṭheva dhamme viññūnaṁ pāsaṁso, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissati.  
Его здесь и сейчас восхваляют мудрые, и вместе с этим – после распада тела, после смерти – он переродится в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
For they are praised by sensible people in the present life, and when their body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
‘sace kho atthi kiriyā, evamayaṁ bhavaṁ purisapuggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissati.  
«Если есть действие [каммы], то тогда после распада тела, после смерти, этот почтенный человек переродится в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
‘If there is effective action, when this individual’s body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
yañca diṭṭheva dhamme viññūnaṁ pāsaṁso, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissati.  
Его здесь и сейчас восхваляют мудрые, и вместе с этим – после распада тела, после смерти – он переродится в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
For they are praised by sensible people in the present life, and when their body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Tatra, gahapatayo, viññū puriso iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘sace kho atthi hetu, evamayaṁ bhavaṁ purisapuggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissati.  
«Если есть причинность, то тогда после распада тела, после смерти, этот почтенный человек переродится в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
A sensible person reflects on this matter in this way: ‘If there is causality, when this individual’s body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
yañca diṭṭheva dhamme viññūnaṁ pāsaṁso, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissati.  
Его здесь и сейчас восхваляют мудрые, и вместе с этим – после распада тела, после смерти – он переродится в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире.  
For they are praised by sensible people in the present life, and when their body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Cattārome, gahapatayo, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
Домохозяева, есть четыре типа личностей, существующих в мире.  
Householders, these four people are found in the world.  

mn64palokato1Pi En Ru dhamma

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṁ vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.   И какими бы здесь ни существовали материальная форма, чувство, восприятие, формации, сознание – он видит все эти состояния как непостоянное, как страдание, как недуг, как опухоль, как шип, как бедствие, как болезненность, как чужое, как распадающееся, как пустое, как безличностное. ",  
They contemplate the phenomena there—included in form, feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  

mn65lokassa lokassā’ti lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā …pe… vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā …pe… sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena …pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   Посредством божественного видения, очищенного и превосходящего человеческое, он видит как существа покидают жизнь и перерождаются, и он распознаёт низменных и высоких, прекрасных и уродливых, удачливых и неудачливых. Он понимает, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками: «Эти существа, которые придерживались плохого поведения в поступках, речах и мыслях,… после смерти, родились в состоянии лишений, в плохих местах, в погибели, даже в аду. Но эти достойные существа, что имели хорошее поведение телом, речью и умом, не оскорблявшие благородных, придерживавшиеся правильных воззрений и действовавшие под влиянием правильных воззрений, с распадом тела, после смерти, родились в благих местах, даже в небесном мире. ",  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. … They’re reborn in the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. … they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman … they understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  
Evameva kho, bhaddāli, dasahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
Точно также, Бхаддали, когда монах обладает десятью качествами, он достоин даров, достоин гостеприимства, достоин подношений, достоин почтительного приветствия – непревзойдённое поле заслуг для мира. ",  
In the same way, a mendicant with ten qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
imehi kho, bhaddāli, dasahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
Когда монах обладает этими десятью качествами, он достоин даров, достоин гостеприимства, достоин подношений, достоин почтительного приветствия – непревзойдённое поле заслуг для мира». ",  
A mendicant with these ten qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.”  

mn66lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Cattārome, udāyi, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   Удайин, в мире есть четыре типа личностей. ",  
Udāyī, these four people are found in the world.  
Ime kho, udāyi, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
Таковы четыре типа личностей, существующих в мире. ",  
These are the four people found in the world.  

mn68lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissatī’ti.   «С уничтожением трёх [нижних] оков, а также с ослаблением жажды, злобы, заблуждения, он стал однажды-возвращающимся, который вернётся в этот мир лишь один раз, и положит конец страданиям». ",  
with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, he’s a once-returner. He’ll come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.’  
tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāminī sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissatī’ti.  
«С уничтожением трёх [нижних] оков, а также с ослаблением жажды, злобы, заблуждения, она стала однажды-возвращающейся, которая вернётся в этот мир лишь один раз, и положит конец страданиям». ",  
with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, she’s a once-returner. She’ll come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.’  
tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissatī’ti.  
«С уничтожением трёх [нижних] оков, а также с ослаблением жажды, злобы, заблуждения, он стал однажды-возвращающимся, который вернётся в этот мир лишь один раз, и положит конец страданиям». ",  
with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, he’s a once-returner. He’ll come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.’  
tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāminī sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissatī’ti.  
«С уничтожением трёх [нижних] оков, а также с ослаблением жажды, злобы, заблуждения, она стала однажды-возвращающейся, которая вернётся в этот мир лишь один раз, и положит конец страданиям». ",  
with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, she’s a once-returner. She’ll come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.’  

mn70lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   Монахи, есть семь типов личностей в мире. ",  
Mendicants, these seven people are found in the world.  

mn73lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṁ—ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannāti; iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti,   «Пусть божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, я увижу умирающих и перерождающихся существ. [Я увижу] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных. Я пойму, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками: «Эти достойные существа, что имели дурное поведение телом, речью и умом, оскорбляли благородных, были привержены неверным воззрениям, предпринимая действия на основе неверных воззрений. С распадом тела, после смерти, они возникают в состоянии лишения, в несчастливом уделе, в погибели, даже в аду. А эти существа, которые придерживались хорошего поведения в поступках, речах и мыслях, не оскорбляли благородных, были привержены верным воззрениям, предпринимая действия на основе верных воззрений, с распадом тела, после смерти, он возникает в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире. Так, божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, я увижу умирающих и перерождающихся существ. [Я увижу] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных, в счастливых уделах и в несчастливых уделах. Я пойму, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками». ",  
‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: “These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. And may I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.’  

mn74lokasmiṁ palokato4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ato kho te, aggivessana, bahū hi bahutarā lokasmiṁ ye evamāhaṁsu:   «Что же, Аггивессана, много в мире тех, кто говорит: ",  
“Well, Aggivessana, there are many more in the world who say,  
Ato kho te, aggivessana, tanū hi tanutarā lokasmiṁ ye evamāhaṁsu:  
Мало в мире тех, кто говорит: ",  
And there are a scant few in the world who say,  
Ayaṁ kho panaggivessana, kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsūpacayo aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṁsanadhammo, aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassitabbo.  
Аггивессана, это тело, состоящее из материальной формы, состоящее из четырёх великих элементов, порождённое отцом и матерью – выстроено из варёного риса и каши, подвержено непостоянству, износу, стиранию, распаду и разложению. К нему нужно относиться как к непостоянному, как к страданию, как к опухоли, как к [отравленному] дротику, как к бедствию, как к болезненности, как к чужому, как к распадающемуся, как к пустому, как к безличностному. ",  
Aggivessana, this body is physical. It’s made up of the four primary elements, produced by mother and father, built up from rice and porridge, liable to impermanence, to wearing away and erosion, to breaking up and destruction. You should see it as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
Tassimaṁ kāyaṁ aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassato yo kāyasmiṁ kāyachando kāyasneho kāyanvayatā sā pahīyati.  
Когда кто-либо относится к этому телу так, то тогда он отбрасывает желание к телу, влечение к телу, раболепие перед телом. ",  
Doing so, you’ll give up desire, affection, and subservience to the body.  

mn75lokavidū lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   «Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный». ",  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ.  
Если он хорошо себя вёл телом, речью и умом, то после распада тела, после смерти, он может переродиться в счастливом уделе, в небесном мире в свите богов Тридцати трёх. ",  
Having practiced good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, when their body breaks up, after death, they’d be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, in the company of the gods of the Thirty-Three.  

mn76lokakkhāyikaṁ lokavidū lokaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ iti vā.   разговоры о царях, о ворах, о министрах, об армиях, об опасностях, о сражениях, о еде, о питье, об одежде, о постелях, о гирляндах, о благовониях, о родственниках, о средствах передвижения, о деревнях, о поселениях, о городах, о странах, о женщинах, о героях, об улицах, о колодцах, об усопших, о всяких мелочах, о происхождении мира, о происхождении моря, о том, являются ли вещи такими или иными. ",  
talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and well talk; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that state of existence.  
‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paroloko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedenti.  
«Нет ничего, что дано; нет ничего, что предложено; нет ничего, что пожертвовано. Нет плода или результата хороших или плохих поступков. Нет этого мира, нет следующего мира; Нет отца, нет матери, нет спонтанно рождающихся существ. Нет хороших и нравственных жрецов и отшельников в мире, которые, сами реализовав [это своим собственным] прямым знанием, провозгласили этот мир и другой мир. ",  
‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.  
natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paroloko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedenti.  
",  
 
“Idha, sandaka, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā …pe…  
Вот, Сандака, в мире возникает Татхагата – тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный. ",  
“Sandaka, it’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. …  

mn77lokakkhāyikaṁ lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ iti vā.   разговоры о царях, о ворах, о министрах, об армиях, об опасностях, о сражениях, о еде, о питье, об одежде, о постелях, о гирляндах, о благовониях, о родственниках, о средствах передвижения, о деревнях, о поселениях, о городах, о странах, о женщинах, о героях, об улицах, о колодцах, об усопших, о всяких мелочах, о происхождении мира, о происхождении моря, о том, являются ли вещи такими или иными. ",  
talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and well talk; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that state of existence.  
Puna caparaṁ, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passanti cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānanti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passanti cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānanti.  
Далее, Удайин, я провозгласил своим ученикам путь, посредством которого они видят за счёт божественного глаза, очищенного и превосходящего человеческий, умирающих и перерождающихся существ. [Они распознают] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных. Они понимают, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками: «Эти существа, которые придерживались плохого поведения в поступках, речах и мыслях, оскорбляли благородных, были привержены неверным воззрениям, предпринимая действия на основе неверных воззрений. С распадом тела, после смерти, они возникают в состоянии лишения, в несчастливом уделе, в погибели, даже в аду. А эти существа, которые придерживались хорошего поведения в поступках, речах и мыслях, не оскорбляли благородных, были привержены верным воззрениям, предпринимая действия на основе верных воззрений, с остановкой жизнедеятельности тела, после смерти, возрождаются в хороших участях, в небесных мирах». Так, божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, они видят умирающих и перерождающихся существ, [распознают] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных. Они понимают, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками. ",  
Furthermore, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use so that, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

mn78lokakkhāyikaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ iti vā.   разговоры о царях, о ворах, о министрах, об армиях, об опасностях, о сражениях, о еде, о питье, об одежде, о постелях, о гирляндах, о благовониях, о родственниках, о средствах передвижения, о деревнях, о поселениях, о городах, о странах, о женщинах, о героях, об улицах, о колодцах, об усопших, о всяких мелочах, о происхождении мира, о происхождении моря, о том, являются ли вещи такими или иными. ",  
talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and well talk; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that state of existence.  

mn79lokakkhāyikaṁ lokassa lokavidū lokaṁ17Pi En Ru dhamma

rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ iti vā.   разговоры о царях, о ворах, о министрах, об армиях, об опасностях, о сражениях, о еде, о питье, об одежде, о постелях, о гирляндах, о благовониях, о родственниках, о средствах передвижения, о деревнях, о поселениях, о городах, о странах, о женщинах, о героях, об улицах, о колодцах, об усопших, о всяких мелочах, о происхождении мира, о происхождении моря, о том, являются ли вещи такими или иными. ",  
talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and well talk; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that state of existence.  
“Kiṁ panudāyi, atthi ekantasukho loko, atthi ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
«Так как оно, Удайин, есть ли всецело приятный мир? Есть ли практический способ реализовать всецело приятный мир?» ",  
“But Udāyī, is there a world of perfect happiness? And is there a grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness?”  
‘atthi ekantasukho loko, atthi ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā’”ti.  
«Есть всецело приятный мир. Есть практический способ реализовать всецело приятный мир». ",  
‘There is a world of perfect happiness. And there is a grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness.’”  
“Katamā pana sā, udāyi, ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
«Но, Удайин, каков этот практический способ реализовать всецело приятный мир?» ",  
“Well, what is that grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness?”  
Ayaṁ kho sā, bhante, ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
Это единственный практический способ реализовать всецело приятный мир». ",  
This is the grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness.”  
api nu kho vokiṇṇasukhadukkhaṁ paṭipadaṁ āgamma ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyā hotī”ti?  
Наступает ли реализация всецело приятного мира следованием пути смешанного с болью удовольствия?» ",  
Is a perfectly happy world realized by relying on a practice of mixed pleasure and pain?”  
‘atthi ekantasukho loko, atthi ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti.  
«Есть всецело приятный мир. Есть практический способ реализовать всецело приятный мир». ",  
‘There is a world of perfect happiness. And there is a grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness.’  
“Kiṁ pana, bhante, atthi ekantasukho loko, atthi ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
Но как же оно, уважаемый, есть ли всецело приятный мир? Есть ли практический способ реализовать всецело приятный мир?» ",  
But sir, is there a world of perfect happiness? And is there a grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness?”  
“Atthi kho, udāyi, ekantasukho loko, atthi ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
«Есть всецело приятный мир, Удайин. Есть практический способ реализовать всецело приятный мир». ",  
“There is a world of perfect happiness, Udāyī. And there is a grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness.”  
“Katamā pana sā, bhante, ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti?  
«Уважаемый, и каков этот практический способ реализовать всецело приятный мир?» ",  
“Well sir, what is that grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness?”  
ayaṁ kho sā, udāyi, ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
Это единственный практический способ реализовать всецело приятный мир». ",  
This is the grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness.”  
“Na kho sā, bhante, ākāravatī paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāya, sacchikato hissa, bhante, ettāvatā ekantasukho loko hotī”ti.  
«Уважаемый, это не практический способ реализовать всецело приятный мир. [Ведь] на этом этапе всецело приятный мир уже был реализован». ",  
“Sir, that’s not the grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness. At that point a perfectly happy world has already been realized.”  
ākāravatī tveva sā paṭipadā ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāyā”ti.  
Это единственный практический способ реализовать всецело приятный мир». ",  
This is the grounded path for realizing a world of perfect happiness.”  
Yā tā devatā ekantasukhaṁ lokaṁ upapannā tāhi devatāhi saddhiṁ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṁ samāpajjati.  
В [этом] всецело приятном мире возникли божества. Этот монах пребывает с ними, разговаривает с ними, пускается с ними в беседы. ",  
There are deities who have been reborn in a perfectly happy world. That mendicant associates with them, converses, and engages in discussion.  
“Etassa nūna, bhante, ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāhetu bhikkhū bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ carantī”ti?  
«Уважаемый, вне сомнений, ради реализации этого всецело приятного мира монахи ведут святую жизнь под [учительством] Благословенного?» ",  
“Surely the mendicants must lead the spiritual life under the Buddha for the sake of realizing this perfectly happy world?”  
“Na kho, udāyi, ekantasukhassa lokassa sacchikiriyāhetu bhikkhū mayi brahmacariyaṁ caranti.  
«Не ради реализации этого всецело приятного мира монахи ведут святую жизнь под моим [учительством]. ",  
“No, Udāyī, the mendicants don’t lead the spiritual life under me for the sake of realizing this perfectly happy world.  
“Idhudāyi, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā …pe…  
Вот, Удайин, в мире возникает Татхагата – тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный... ",  
“It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed. …  

mn82lokamhi lokavidū lokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   «Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный». ",  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он провозглашает этот мир с его богами и людьми, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, который он сам реализовал посредством прямого знания. ",  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
Kāmehi lokamhi na hatthi titti.  
С желанием к миру не ослабшим. ",  
for in this world sensual pleasures never satisfy.  
Upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṁ,  
Перерождаясь, он идёт в утробу, ",  
One who enters a womb and the world beyond,  
Upeti gabbhañca parañca lokaṁ.  
Другой глупец, вверяя жизнь такому, ",  
also enters a womb and the world beyond.  

mn83lokaṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihāsi.   Он пребывал, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе, – он пребывал, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности. ",  
He meditated spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, he spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihāsi.  
невозмутимостью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе, – он пребывал, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности. ",  
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, he spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihāsi.  
",  
 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihāsi.  
",  
 
Te mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihariṁsu, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihariṁsu.  
Они пребывали, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым доброжелательностью... ",  
They meditated spreading a heart full of love …  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihariṁsu, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihariṁsu.  
невозмутимостью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, как к самому себе, – они пребывали, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности. ",  
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihāsi.  
",  
 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā vihāsi, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā vihāsi.  
",  
 

mn84lokasmiṁ lokaṁ11Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ghosoyeva kho eso, mahārāja, lokasmiṁ:   «Так просто лишь говорят в мире, великий царь: «Брахманы – высшая варна… наследники Брахмы». ",  
“Great king, that’s just something noised about in the world.  
Tadamināpetaṁ, mahārāja, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā ghosoyeveso lokasmiṁ:  
И есть способ понять почему это утверждение брахманов – это просто лишь то, как говорят в мире. ",  
And here’s a way to understand that it’s just hearsay in the world.  
“Imināpi kho etaṁ, mahārāja, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā ghosoyeveso lokasmiṁ:  
«Таков, великий царь, способ понять почему это утверждение брахманов – это просто лишь то, как говорят в мире. ",  
“And here’s another way to understand that the claims of the brahmins are just hearsay in the world.  
“Imināpi kho etaṁ, mahārāja, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā ghosoyeveso lokasmiṁ:  
«Таков, великий царь, способ понять почему это утверждение брахманов – это просто лишь то, как говорят в мире. ",  
“And here’s another way to understand that the claims of the brahmins are just hearsay in the world.  
idhassa khattiyo pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, adinnādānā paṭivirato, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato, musāvādā paṭivirato, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato, samphappalāpā paṭivirato, anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhi kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya no vā?  
Представь, как если бы человек из [варны] знати воздерживался бы от убийства живых существ, от взятия того, что не было дано, от неблагого поведения в чувственных удовольствиях, от лжи… от злонамеренных слов… от грубых слов… от пустой болтовни… был бы неалчным, имел бы ум без недоброжелательности, придерживался бы правильных воззрений. С распадом тела, после смерти, он бы переродился в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире, ",  
Take an aristocrat who doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct. They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they’re contented, kind-hearted, with right view. When their body breaks up, after death, would they be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, or not?  
“Khattiyopi hi, bho kaccāna, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, adinnādānā paṭivirato, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato, musāvādā paṭivirato, pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato, pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato, samphappalāpā paṭivirato, anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhi kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya.  
«Если бы человек [из варны] знати был таков, господин Каччана, он бы переродился в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире. ",  
“Such an aristocrat would be reborn in a good place.  
idhassa brāhmaṇo, idhassa vesso, idhassa suddo pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato …pe… sammādiṭṭhi kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya no vā?  
Представь, как если бы брахман… торговец… рабочий воздерживался бы от убийства живых существ, от взятия того, что не было дано, от неблагого поведения в чувственных удовольствиях, от лжи… от злонамеренных слов… от грубых слов… от пустой болтовни… был бы неалчным, имел бы ум без недоброжелательности, придерживался бы правильных воззрений. С распадом тела, после смерти, он бы переродился в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире, ",  
Take a brahmin, peasant, or menial who doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, or commit sexual misconduct. They don’t use speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. And they’re contented, kind-hearted, with right view. When their body breaks up, after death, would they be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, or not?  
“Suddopi hi, bho kaccāna, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, adinnādānā paṭivirato …pe… sammādiṭṭhi kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya.  
«Если бы брахман… торговец… рабочий был таков, господин Каччана, он бы переродился в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире. ",  
“Such a brahmin, peasant, or menial would be reborn in a good place.  
“Imināpi kho etaṁ, mahārāja, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā ghosoyeveso lokasmiṁ:  
«Таков, великий царь, способ понять почему это утверждение брахманов – это просто лишь то, как говорят в мире. ",  
“And here’s another way to understand that the claims of the brahmins are just hearsay in the world.  
“Imināpi kho etaṁ, mahārāja, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā ghosoyeveso lokasmiṁ:  
«Таков, великий царь, способ понять почему это утверждение брахманов – это просто лишь то, как говорят в мире. ",  
“And here’s another way to understand that the claims of the brahmins are just hearsay in the world.  
“Imināpi kho etaṁ, mahārāja, pariyāyena veditabbaṁ yathā ghosoyeveso lokasmiṁ:  
«И это тоже способ понять, что это просто лишь то, как говорят в мире. ",  
“This is another way to understand that this is just hearsay in the world:  

mn85lokasmiṁ lokavidū lokaṁ paralokavajjabhayadassāvine10Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha khvāhaṁ, rājakumāra, brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṁ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṁ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokesiṁ.   И тогда я, услышав просьбу Брахмы, из сострадания к существам обозрел мир оком Будды. ",  
Then, understanding Brahmā’s invitation, I surveyed the world with the eye of a Buddha, because of my compassion for sentient beings.  
Addasaṁ kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra, buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.  
Обозрев мир оком Будды, я увидел существ, у которых мало пыли в глазах и много пыли в глазах, с сильными качествами и со слабыми качествами, с хорошими свойствами и с плохими свойствами, которых легко обучать и которых трудно обучать, и некоторых, кто пребывал в видении неодобрения и страха перед иным миром. ",  
And I saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not.  
evameva kho ahaṁ, rājakumāra; buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento addasaṁ satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.  
",  
 
Sadevakasmiṁ lokasmiṁ,  
В мирах со всеми божествами ",  
In the world with its gods,  
Andhībhūtasmiṁ lokasmiṁ,  
И в мире в том, что [снова] стал ослепшим, ",  
In this world that is so blind,  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti;  
«Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный». ",  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  

mn86lokassa lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Yo satthā lokassa sadevakassa;   Учитель всего мира, как и всех его божеств, ",  
the teacher of the world with its gods,  
Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti,  
Он освещать собою будет этот мир, ",  
lights up the world,  
Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti,  
Он освещать собою будет этот мир, ",  
lights up the world,  
Somaṁ lokaṁ pabhāseti,  
Он освещать собою будет этот мир, ",  
lights up the world,  

mn90lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti;   «Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный». ",  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  

mn91attahitaparahitaubhayahitasabbalokahitameva avalokayamānāyeva lokavidū lokaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   «Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный. ",  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он провозглашает этот мир с его богами и людьми, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, который он сам реализовал посредством прямого знания. ",  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
attahitaparahitaubhayahitasabbalokahitameva so bhavaṁ gotamo cintento nisinno hoti.  
Он сидит, настроив свой ум на собственное благополучие, на благополучие других, на благополучие обоих, даже на благополучие всего мира. ",  
He only wishes for the welfare of himself, of others, of both, and of the whole world.  
Te tena bhotā gotamena dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṁsitā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamanti avalokayamānāyeva avijahitattā.  
Когда он наставил, понудил, побудил и порадовал людей, они встают со своих сидений и уходят, смотрят только на него и не думают о чём-либо ином. ",  
And when they’ve been inspired with a Dhamma talk by Master Gotama they get up from their seats and leave looking back at him alone, and not forgetting their lesson.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
«Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный. ",  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он провозглашает этот мир с его богами и людьми, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, который он сам реализовал посредством прямого знания. ",  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  

mn92lokasmiṁ—yadidaṁ lokavidū lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   «Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный». ",  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он провозглашает этот мир с его богами и людьми, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, который он сам реализовал посредством прямого знания. ",  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
«Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный». ",  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
“ghosopi kho eso dullabho lokasmiṁ—yadidaṁ ‘buddho’ti.  
«Даже звучание [этого слова] «Будда» редко встречается в мире. ",  
“It’s hard to even find the word ‘awakened one’ in the world.  

mn93lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

brāhmaṇova nu kho pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato samphappalāpā paṭivirato anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhi kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya, no khattiyo, no vesso, no suddo”ti?   Представь, как если бы брахман воздерживался от убийства живых существ, от взятия того, что не было дано, от неблагого поведения в чувственных удовольствиях, от лжи, от злонамеренной речи, от грубой речи, от пустословия, был неалчным, имел ум без недоброжелательности, придерживался правильных воззрений. С распадом тела, после смерти, только лишь он бы переродился в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире – а не знатный, торговец или слуга?» ",  
Suppose a brahmin were to refrain from killing living creatures, stealing, and committing sexual misconduct; from using speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical; and from covetousness, malice, and wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’d be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. Would this happen only to an brahmin, and not to an aristocrat, a peasant, or a menial?”  
Khattiyopi hi, bho gotama, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato samphappalāpā paṭivirato anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhi kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya.  
«Нет, господин Готама. Будь то человек из [варны] знати, или брахман, или торговец, или слуга ",  
If they acted the same way, the same result would befall an aristocrat, a brahmin, a peasant, or a menial.  
sabbepi hi, bho gotama, cattāro vaṇṇā pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā adinnādānā paṭiviratā kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā musāvādā paṭiviratā pisuṇāya vācāya paṭiviratā pharusāya vācāya paṭiviratā samphappalāpā paṭiviratā anabhijjhālū abyāpannacittā sammādiṭṭhī kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyun”ti.  
Каждый из этих четырёх варн, кто воздерживается от убийства живых существ… придерживается правильных воззрений с распадом тела, после смерти, переродился бы в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире». ",  
For if any of the four classes were to refrain from killing living creatures, stealing, and committing sexual misconduct; from using speech that’s false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical; and from covetousness, malice, and wrong view, then, when their body breaks up, after death, they’d be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  

mn94lokasmiṁ lokassa lokavidū lokaṁ ālokasaññī6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, brāhmaṇa, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   «Брахман, есть четыре типа личностей, существующих в мире. ",  
“Brahmin, these four people are found in the world.  
Idha, brāhmaṇa, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.  
Вот, монахи, в мире возникает Татхагата – тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный. ",  
It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он провозглашает этот мир с его богами и людьми, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, который он сам реализовал посредством прямого знания. ",  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa.  
Отбрасывая лживую речь, он воздерживается от лживой речи. Он говорит истину, держится за истину, [в этом] прочен, надёжен, не обманывает мир. ",  
They give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and trustworthy, and don’t trick the world with their words.  
thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti;  
Оставляя лень и апатию, он пребывает свободным от лени и апатии – осознанным, бдительным, воспринимая свет. Он очищает свой ум от лени и апатии. ",  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā …pe… ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā …pe… ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
Посредством божественного видения, очищенного и превосходящего человеческое, он видит как существа покидают жизнь и перерождаются, и он распознаёт низменных и высоких, прекрасных и уродливых, удачливых и неудачливых. Они понимают, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками: «Эти существа, которые придерживались плохого поведения в поступках, речах и мыслях, Оскорбляли благородных, были привержены неверным воззрениям, предпринимая действия на основе неверных воззрений. С распадом тела, после смерти, они возникают в состоянии лишения, в несчастливом уделе, в погибели, даже в аду. А эти существа, которые придерживались хорошего поведения в поступках, речах и мыслях, не оскорбляли благородных, были привержены верным воззрениям, предпринимая действия на основе верных воззрений, с остановкой жизнедеятельности тела, после смерти, возрождаются в хороших участях, в небесных мирах». Так, божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, они видят умирающих и перерождающихся существ, [распознают] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных. Он понимает, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками. ",  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

mn95lokavidū lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   «Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный». ",  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он провозглашает этот мир с его богами и людьми, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, который он сам реализовал посредством прямого знания. ",  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
«Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный». ",  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti …pe…  
«Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный». ",  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ …  

mn97brahmalokañca lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, dhanañjāni, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.   Вот, монах пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе, – он пребывает, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности. ",  
Firstly, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.  
Он пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, как к самому себе, – они пребывали, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности. ",  
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Atha kho dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo acirapakkante āyasmante sāriputte kālamakāsi, brahmalokañca upapajji.  
И вскоре после того как достопочтенный Сарипутта ушёл брахман Дхананьджани скончался и переродился в мире Брахмы. ",  
Not long after Sāriputta had departed, Dhanañjāni passed away and was reborn in the Brahmā realm.  
“Kālaṅkato ca, sāriputta, dhanañjāni brāhmaṇo, brahmalokañca upapanno”ti.  
«Сарипутта, брахман Дхананьджани скончался и переродился в мире Брахмы». "  
“And Sāriputta, the brahmin Dhanañjāni has passed away and been reborn in the Brahmā realm.” 

mn98lokasmiṁ lokavidū3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   «Благословенный – это тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в истинном знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный». ",  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
lokasmiṁ gotamaṁ.  
Почтение выражают. ",  
Gotama in the world.  
Samaññā hesā lokasmiṁ,  
Когда приписан кто-то к имени и клану, ",  
For name and clan are formulated  

mn99brahmalokagāminiñca brahmalokagāminiṁ brahmalokañca brahmalokaṁ lokaṁ7Pi En Ru dhamma

“Siyā nu kho, māṇava, tassa purisassa naḷakāragāme jātavaddhassa naḷakāragāmassa maggaṁ puṭṭhassa dandhāyitattaṁ vā vitthāyitattaṁ vāti, na tveva tathāgatassa brahmalokaṁ vā brahmalokagāminiṁ vā paṭipadaṁ puṭṭhassa dandhāyitattaṁ vā vitthāyitattaṁ vā.   «И несмотря на это, человек, родившийся и выросший в Налакаре, мог бы медлить, колебаться с ответом, когда его спросили бы о пути к деревне. Но когда Татхагату спрашивают о мире Брахмы или о пути, ведущем в мир Брахмы, он никогда не станет медлить, колебаться с ответом. ",  
“Still, it’s possible they might be slow or hesitant to answer. But the Realized One is never slow or hesitant when questioned about the Brahmā realm or the practice that leads to the Brahmā realm.  
Brahmānañcāhaṁ, māṇava, pajānāmi brahmalokañca brahmalokagāminiñca paṭipadaṁ; yathāpaṭipanno ca brahmalokaṁ upapanno tañca pajānāmī”ti.  
Я знаю Брахму, ученик, я знаю мир Брахмы, и я знаю путь, ведущий в мир Брахмы, и я знаю как следует практиковать, чтобы переродиться в мире Брахмы». ",  
I understand Brahmā, the Brahmā realm, and the practice that leads to the Brahmā realm, practicing in accordance with which one is reborn in the Brahmā realm.”  
Idha, māṇava, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.  
Вот, монах пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, и ко всем, как к самому себе, – он пребывает, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым доброжелательностью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности. ",  
Firstly, a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.  
Он пребывает, наполняя первую сторону света умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, равно как и вторую, равно как и третью, равно как и четвёртую. Вверх, вниз, вокруг и всюду, как к самому себе, – они пребывали, охватывая и наполняя весь мир умом, наделённым невозмутимостью, – обильным, возвышенным, безмерным, не имеющим враждебности и недоброжелательности. ",  
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

mn100lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Uccena sammataṁ kho etaṁ, bhāradvāja, lokasmiṁ yadidaṁ:   «[Потому что] в мире [и так] широко принято считать, Бхарадваджа, ",  
“It’s widely deemed in the world that  

mn101lokassa lokavidū lokaṁ ālokasaññī5Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.   Далее, монахи, в мире возникает Татхагата – тот, кто достиг совершенства, полностью просветлённый, совершенный в знании и поведении, высочайший, знаток миров, непревзойдённый вожак тех, кто должен обуздать себя, учитель богов и людей, просветлённый, благословенный. ",  
Furthermore, a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
Он провозглашает этот мир с его богами и людьми, Марами и Брахмами, с его поколением жрецов и отшельников, князей и [простых] людей, который он сам реализовал посредством прямого знания. ",  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa.  
Отбрасывая лживую речь, он воздерживается от лживой речи. он говорит истину, держится за истину, [в этом] прочен, надёжен, не обманывает мир. ",  
They give up lying. They speak the truth and stick to the truth. They’re honest and trustworthy, and don’t trick the world with their words.  
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti.  
Оставляя лень и апатию, он пребывает свободным от лени и апатии – осознанным, бдительным, воспринимая свет. Он очищает свой ум от лени и апатии. ",  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
Посредством божественного видения, очищенного и превосходящего человеческое, он видит как существа покидают жизнь и перерождаются, и он распознаёт низменных и высоких, прекрасных и уродливых, удачливых и неудачливых. Он понимает, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками: «Эти существа, которые придерживались плохого поведения в поступках, речах и мыслях, оскорбляли благородных, были привержены неверным воззрениям, предпринимая действия на основе неверных воззрений. С распадом тела, после смерти, они возникают в состоянии лишения, в несчастливом уделе, в погибели, даже в аду. А эти существа, которые придерживались хорошего поведения в поступках, речах и мыслях, не оскорбляли благородных, были привержены верным воззрениям, предпринимая действия на основе верных воззрений, с остановкой жизнедеятельности тела, после смерти, возрождаются в хороших участях, в небесных мирах». Так, божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, они видят умирающих и перерождающихся существ, [распознают] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных. Он понимает, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками. ",  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understood how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

mn106lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yannūnāhaṁ vipulena mahaggatena cetasā vihareyyaṁ abhibhuyya lokaṁ adhiṭṭhāya manasā.   Что, если я буду пребывать с умом, который обильный и возвышенный, преодолев мир, создав твёрдую решимость с помощью ума? ",  
Why don’t I meditate with an abundant, expansive heart, having mastered the world and stabilized the mind?  
Vipulena hi me mahaggatena cetasā viharato abhibhuyya lokaṁ adhiṭṭhāya manasā ye pāpakā akusalā mānasā abhijjhāpi byāpādāpi sārambhāpi te na bhavissanti.  
Если я буду делать так, то не будет более во мне плохих, неблагих умственных состояний, таких как алчность, недоброжелательность, нахальство. ",  
Then I will have no more bad, unskillful qualities such as desire, ill will, and aggression.  

mn107ālokasaññī1Pi En Ru dhamma

thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodheti;   Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  

mn110lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā, ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.   ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ, atthi hutaṁ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, atthi ayaṁ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  

mn112lokassa ālokasaññī2Pi En Ru dhamma

Musāvādaṁ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato ahosiṁ saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṁvādako lokassa.   I gave up lying. I spoke the truth and stuck to the truth. I was honest and trustworthy, not tricking the world with my words.  
Thinamiddhaṁ pahāya vigatathinamiddho vihāsiṁ ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṁ parisodhesiṁ.  
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, I meditated with a mind rid of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, mindful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.  

mn114lokassa lokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti—  ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ, atthi hutaṁ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, atthi ayaṁ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti— 
‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
Sadevakopi ce, sāriputta, loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā imassa mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājāneyya, sadevakassapissa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti.  
If the whole world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—was to understand the detailed meaning of my brief statement in this way, it would be for the whole world’s lasting welfare and happiness.”  

mn115lokadhātuyā lokaṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā apubbaṁ acarimaṁ uppajjeyyuṁ, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti;   Он понимает: «Невозможно, не может произойти так, чтобы два совершенных, полностью просветлённых, могли бы возникнуть в одно время в одной мировой системе». ",  
They understand: ‘It’s impossible for two perfected ones, fully awakened Buddhas to arise in the same solar system at the same time.  
‘ṭhānañca kho etaṁ vijjati yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā eko arahaṁ sammāsambuddho uppajjeyya, ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti.  
И он понимает: «Может быть так, что один совершенный, полностью Просветлённый мог бы возникнуть в одной мировой системе». ",  
But it is possible for just one perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, to arise in one solar system.’  
‘Aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve rājāno cakkavattino apubbaṁ acarimaṁ uppajjeyyuṁ, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti;  
Он понимает: «Невозможно, не может произойти так, чтобы два царя-миродержца могли бы возникнуть в одно время в одной мировой системе». ",  
They understand: ‘It’s impossible for two wheel-turning monarchs to arise in the same solar system at the same time.  
‘ṭhānañca kho etaṁ vijjati yaṁ ekissā lokadhātuyā eko rājā cakkavattī uppajjeyya, ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti.  
И он понимает: «Может быть так, что один царь-миродержец мог бы возникнуть в одной мировой системе». ",  
But it is possible for just one wheel-turning monarch to arise in one solar system.’  
‘Aṭṭhānametaṁ anavakāso yaṁ kāyaduccaritasamaṅgī taṁnidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti;  
Он понимает: «Невозможно, не может произойти так, чтобы человек, совершающий неблагое телесное… словесное… умственное поведение, из-за этого, по этой причине, с распадом тела, после смерти, переродился бы в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире». ",  
They understand: ‘It’s impossible that someone who has engaged in bad conduct of body, speech, and mind, could for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
yaṁ manoduccaritasamaṅgī taṁnidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti;  
",  
 
‘ṭhānañca kho etaṁ vijjati yaṁ kāyasucaritasamaṅgī taṁnidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya, ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti.  
И он понимает: «Может быть так, что человек, совершающий благое телесное… словесное… умственное поведение, из-за этого, по этой причине, с распадом тела, после смерти, переродился бы в счастливом уделе, даже в небесном мире». ",  
But it is possible that someone who has engaged in good conduct of body, speech, and mind could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’  
yaṁ manosucaritasamaṅgī taṁnidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya, ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti.  
",  
 

mn117lokasmiṁ lokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti—  «Нет ничего, что дано; нет ничего, что предложено; нет ничего, что пожертвовано. Нет плода или результата хороших или плохих поступков. Нет этого мира, нет следующего мира; Нет отца, нет матери, нет спонтанно рождающихся существ. Нет хороших и нравственных жрецов и отшельников в мире, которые, сами реализовав [это своим собственным] прямым знанием, провозгласили этот мир и другой мир». ",  
‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘Atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ, atthi hutaṁ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, atthi ayaṁ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti— 
«Есть то, что дано; есть то, что предложено; есть то, что пожертвовано. Есть плод или результат хороших или плохих поступков. Есть этот мир, есть следующий мир; Есть отец, есть мать, есть спонтанно рождающиеся существа. Есть хорошие и нравственные жрецы и отшельники в мире, которые, сами реализовав [это своим собственным] прямым знанием, провозглашают этот мир и другой мир». ",  
‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
mahācattārīsako dhammapariyāyo pavattito appaṭivattiyo samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.  
Это наставление по Дхамме на [тему] Великих Сорока было приведено в движение и не может быть остановлено каким-либо отшельником или жрецом, или божеством, или Марой, или Брахмой, или кем бы то ни было в мире. ",  
This exposition of the teaching on the Great Forty has been rolled forth. And it cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  

mn118lokassa lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

yathārūpā parisā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.   Таково собрание тех, кто достоин даров, достоин гостеприимства, достоин подношений, достоин почтительных приветствий – несравненное поле заслуг для мира – ",  
An assembly such as this is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.  
yathārūpā parisā dullabhā dassanāya lokassa.  
Такое собрание редко можно увидеть в мире – ",  
An assembly such as this is rarely seen in the world.  
Santi, bhikkhave, bhikkhū imasmiṁ bhikkhusaṅghe tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti— 
В этой общине монахов есть монахи, которые, с уничтожением трёх нижних оков и с ослаблением жажды, злобы и заблуждения, являются однажды-возвращающимися, которые вернутся в этот мир лишь ещё один раз и положат конец страданиям. ",  
In this Saṅgha there are mendicants who, with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, are once-returners. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

mn120dasasahassilokadhātuṁ pañcasahassilokadhātuṁ sahassilokadhātuṁ satasahassilokadhātuṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

Sahasso, bhikkhave, brahmā sahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati.   Now the Brahmā of a thousand meditates determined on pervading a galaxy of a thousand solar systems,  
evameva kho, bhikkhave, sahasso brahmā sahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati.  
so too the Brahmā of a thousand meditates determined on pervading a galaxy of a thousand solar systems,  
Pañcasahasso, bhikkhave, brahmā pañcasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati.  
Now the Brahmā of five thousand meditates determined on pervading a galaxy of five thousand solar systems,  
evameva kho, bhikkhave, pañcasahasso brahmā pañcasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati.  
so too the Brahmā of five thousand meditates determined on pervading a galaxy of five thousand solar systems,  
Dasasahasso, bhikkhave, brahmā dasasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati.  
Now the Brahmā of ten thousand meditates determined on pervading a galaxy of ten thousand solar systems,  
evameva kho, bhikkhave, dasasahasso brahmā dasasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati.  
In the same way the Brahmā of ten thousand meditates determined on pervading a galaxy of ten thousand solar systems,  
Satasahasso, bhikkhave, brahmā satasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati.  
Now the Brahmā of a hundred thousand meditates determined on pervading a galaxy of a hundred thousand solar systems,  
evameva kho, bhikkhave, satasahasso brahmā satasahassilokadhātuṁ pharitvā adhimuccitvā viharati.  
In the same way the Brahmā of a hundred thousand meditates determined on pervading a galaxy of a hundred thousand solar systems,  

mn122lokakkhāyikā lokavidū2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yāyaṁ kathā hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṁhitā na nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṁvattati, seyyathidaṁ—rājakathā corakathā mahāmattakathā senākathā bhayakathā yuddhakathā annakathā pānakathā vatthakathā sayanakathā mālākathā gandhakathā ñātikathā yānakathā gāmakathā nigamakathā nagarakathā janapadakathā itthikathā surākathā visikhākathā kumbhaṭṭhānakathā pubbapetakathā nānattakathā lokakkhāyikā samuddakkhāyikā itibhavābhavakathā iti vā iti—evarūpiṁ kathaṁ na kathessāmī’ti.   ‘I will not engage in the kind of speech that is low, crude, ordinary, ignoble, and pointless. Such speech doesn’t lead to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. Namely: talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and well talk; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that state of existence.’  
Idhānanda, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.  
It’s when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  

mn123lokadhātu lokantarikā lokassa7Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā, yatthapime candimasūriyā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.   Even in the boundless desolation of interstellar space—so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression—an immeasurable, magnificent light appears, surpassing the glory of the gods.  
Ayañca dasasahassī lokadhātu saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvan’ti.  
And this galaxy shakes and rocks and trembles. And an immeasurable, magnificent light appears in the world, surpassing the glory of the gods.’  
‘sampatijāto, ānanda, bodhisatto samehi pādehi pathaviyaṁ patiṭṭhahitvā uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihārena gacchati, setamhi chatte anudhāriyamāne, sabbā ca disā viloketi, āsabhiñca vācaṁ bhāsati—aggohamasmi lokassa, jeṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, seṭṭhohamasmi lokassa. Ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’ti.  
‘As soon as he’s born, the being intent on awakening stands firm with his own feet on the ground. Facing north, he takes seven strides with a white parasol held above him, surveys all quarters, and makes this dramatic proclamation: “I am the foremost in the world! I am the eldest in the world! I am the first in the world! This is my last rebirth. Now there are no more future lives.”’  
Yāpi tā lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā yatthapime candimasūriyā evaṁmahiddhikā evaṁmahānubhāvā ābhāya nānubhonti tatthapi appamāṇo uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvaṁ.  
Even in the boundless desolation of interstellar space—so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression—an immeasurable, magnificent light appears, surpassing the glory of the gods.  
Ayañca dasasahassī lokadhātu saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati, appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pātubhavati atikkammeva devānaṁ devānubhāvan’ti.  
And this galaxy shakes and rocks and trembles. And an immeasurable, magnificent light appears in the world, surpassing the glory of the gods.’  

mn125lokassa lokavidū lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Evameva kho, aggivessana, idha tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.   In the same way, Aggivessana, a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
He realizes with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
sabbarāgadosamohanihitaninnītakasāvo āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa.  
Rid of all greed, hate, and delusion, and purged of defects, they are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.  

mn127lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, gahapati, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.   It’s when a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ tathā tatiyaṁ tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

mn129lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Sa kho so, bhikkhave, paṇḍito kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
So kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā, manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Atha kho ayameva tato mahantataro kaṭaggaho yaṁ so paṇḍito kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā, manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
the perfect hand whereby an astute person, when their body breaks up, after death, is reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

mn130lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

evameva kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā manussesu upapannā. Ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā pettivisayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā tiracchānayoniṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā’ti.   In the same way, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, or among humans. These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the ghost realm, the animal realm, or in a lower realm, a bad destination, a world of misery, hell.’  

mn135lokaṁ14Pi En Ru dhamma

So tena kammena evaṁ samattena evaṁ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   Из-за совершения и предпринятия такого поступка, он, после разрушения тела, после смерти, возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире.  
Because of undertaking such deeds, when their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
No ce kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati, sace manussattaṁ āgacchati yattha yattha paccājāyati dīghāyuko hoti.  
Но если после разрушения тела, после смерти, он не возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире, то если возвращается в мир людей, где бы ни рождался, он живёт долго.  
If they’re not reborn in a heavenly realm, but return to the human realm, then wherever they’re reborn they’re long-lived.  
So tena kammena evaṁ samattena evaṁ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Из-за совершения и предпринятия такого поступка, он, после разрушения тела после смерти, возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире.  
Because of undertaking such deeds, after death they’re reborn in a heavenly realm …  
No ce kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati, sace manussattaṁ āgacchati yattha yattha paccājāyati appābādho hoti.  
Но если после разрушения тела после смерти, он не возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире, то, если возвращается в мир людей, где бы ни рождался, у него мало болезней.  
or if they return to the human realm, they’re healthy …  
So tena kammena evaṁ samattena evaṁ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Из-за совершения и предпринятия такого поступка, он, после разрушения тела после смерти, возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире.  
Because of undertaking such deeds, after death they’re reborn in a heavenly realm …  
No ce kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati, sace manussattaṁ āgacchati yattha yattha paccājāyati pāsādiko hoti.  
Но если после разрушения тела после смерти, он не возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире, то, если возвращается в мир людей, где бы ни рождался, он красив.  
or if they return to the human realm, they’re lovely …  
So tena kammena evaṁ samattena evaṁ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Из-за совершения и предпринятия такого поступка, он, после разрушения тела после смерти, возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире.  
Because of undertaking such deeds, after death they’re reborn in a heavenly realm …  
No ce kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati, sace manussattaṁ āgacchati yattha yattha paccājāyati mahesakkho hoti.  
Но если после разрушения тела после смерти, он не возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире, то, если возвращается в мир людей, где бы ни рождался, он влиятелен.  
or if they return to the human realm, they’re illustrious …  
So tena kammena evaṁ samattena evaṁ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Из-за совершения и предпринятия такого поступка, он, после разрушения тела, после смерти, возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире.  
Because of undertaking such deeds, after death they’re reborn in a heavenly realm …  
No ce kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati, sace manussattaṁ āgacchati yattha yattha paccājāyati mahābhogo hoti.  
Но если после разрушения тела после смерти, он не возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире, то, если возвращается в мир людей, где бы ни рождался, он имеет большое богатство.  
or if they return to the human realm, they’re rich …  
So tena kammena evaṁ samattena evaṁ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Из-за совершения и предпринятия такого поступка, он, после разрушения тела после смерти, возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире.  
Because of undertaking such deeds, after death they’re reborn in a heavenly realm …  
No ce kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati, sace manussattaṁ āgacchati yattha yattha paccājāyati uccākulīno hoti.  
Но если после разрушения тела после смерти, он не возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире, то, если возвращается в мир людей, где бы ни рождался, он рождается в высокопоставленном семействе.  
or if they return to the human realm, they’re reborn in an eminent family …  
So tena kammena evaṁ samattena evaṁ samādinnena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Из-за совершения и предпринятия такого поступка, он, после разрушения тела после смерти, возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире.  
Because of undertaking such deeds, when their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
No ce kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati, sace manussattaṁ āgacchati yattha yattha paccājāyati mahāpañño hoti.  
Но если после разрушения тела после смерти, он не возрождается в благом уделе, в божественном мире, то, если возвращается в мир людей, где бы ни рождался, он обладает большой мудростью.  
If they’re not reborn in a heavenly realm, but return to the human realm, then wherever they’re reborn they’re very wise.  

mn136lokasmiṁ lokaṁ17Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cattārome, ānanda, puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Ānanda, these four people are found in the world.  
So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
So kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
idha pāṇātipātiṁ adinnādāyiṁ …pe… micchādiṭṭhiṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā passati sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ.  
here who killed living creatures … and had wrong view. And they see that that person is reborn in a heavenly realm.  
Amāhaṁ puggalaṁ addasaṁ—idha pāṇātipātiṁ adinnādāyiṁ …pe… micchādiṭṭhiṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā passāmi sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannan’ti.  
For I have seen a person here who killed living creatures … and had wrong view. And I saw that that person was reborn in a heavenly realm.’  
‘yo kira, bho, pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī …pe… micchādiṭṭhi, sabbo so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
‘It seems that everyone who kills living creatures … and has wrong view is reborn in a heavenly realm.  
idha pāṇātipātā paṭivirataṁ adinnādānā paṭivirataṁ kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirataṁ musāvādā paṭivirataṁ pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirataṁ pharusāya vācāya paṭivirataṁ samphappalāpā paṭivirataṁ anabhijjhāluṁ abyāpannacittaṁ sammādiṭṭhiṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā passati sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannaṁ.  
here who refrained from killing living creatures … and had right view. And they see that that person is reborn in a heavenly realm.  
Amāhaṁ puggalaṁ addasaṁ—idha pāṇātipātā paṭivirataṁ adinnādānā paṭivirataṁ …pe… sammādiṭṭhiṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā passāmi sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannan’ti.  
For I have seen a person here who refrained from killing living creatures … and had right view. And I saw that that person was reborn in a heavenly realm.’  
‘yo kira, bho, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato …pe… sammādiṭṭhi sabbo so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
‘It seems that everyone who refrains from killing living creatures … and has right view is reborn in a heavenly realm.  
‘amāhaṁ puggalaṁ addasaṁ—idha pāṇātipātiṁ adinnādāyiṁ …pe… micchādiṭṭhiṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā passāmi sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannan’ti idamassa anujānāmi;  
‘I have seen a person here who killed living creatures … and had wrong view. And I saw that that person was reborn in a heavenly realm,’ I grant them that.  
‘yo kira, bho, pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī …pe… micchādiṭṭhi, sabbo so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī’ti idamassa nānujānāmi;  
‘It seems that everyone who kills living creatures … and has wrong view is reborn in a heavenly realm,’ I don’t grant them that. …  
‘amāhaṁ puggalaṁ addasaṁ—idha pāṇātipātā paṭivirataṁ adinnādānā paṭivirataṁ …pe… sammādiṭṭhiṁ, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā passāmi sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannan’ti idampissa anujānāmi;  
‘I have seen a person here who refrained from killing living creatures … and had right view. And I saw that that person was reborn in a heavenly realm,’ I grant them that.  
‘yo kira, bho, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato …pe… sammādiṭṭhi, sabbo so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī’ti idamassa nānujānāmi;  
‘It seems that everyone who refrains from killing living creatures … and has right view is reborn in a heavenly realm,’ I don’t grant them that. …  
Tatrānanda, yvāyaṁ puggalo idha pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī …pe… micchādiṭṭhi kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati,  
Now, Ānanda, take the case of the person here who killed living creatures … and had wrong view, and who is reborn in a heavenly realm.  
Tena so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
And that’s why, when their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Tatrānanda, yvāyaṁ puggalo idha pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato …pe… sammādiṭṭhi, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati,  
Now, Ānanda, take the case of the person here who refrained from killing living creatures … and had right view, and who is reborn in a heavenly realm.  
Tena so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
And that’s why, when their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

mn140lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  

mn141lokasmiṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Tathāgatena, bhikkhave, arahatā sammāsambuddhena bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ, yadidaṁ—  «Монахи, в Варанаси, в Оленьем парке, в Исипатане Татхагата, совершенный и полностью просветлённый, привёл в движение несравненное Колесо Дхаммы, которое не может быть остановлено каким-либо жрецом или отшельником, божеством, Марой, Брахмой, или кем бы то ни было в мире, –  
“Near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha rolled forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma. And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  
Tathāgatena, bhikkhave, arahatā sammāsambuddhena bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ, yadidaṁ— 
Монахи, в Варанаси, в Оленьем парке, в Исипатане Татхагата, совершенный и полностью просветлённый, привёл в движение несравненное Колесо Дхаммы, которое не может быть остановлено каким-либо жрецом или отшельником, божеством, Марой, Брахмой, или кем бы то ни было в мире, –  
Near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha rolled forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma. And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  
“Tathāgatena, āvuso, arahatā sammāsambuddhena bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ, yadidaṁ— 
в Варанаси, в Оленьем парке, в Исипатане Татхагата, совершенный и полностью просветлённый, привёл в движение несравненное Колесо Дхаммы, которое не может быть остановлено каким-либо жрецом или отшельником, божеством, Марой, Брахмой, или кем бы то ни было в мире, –  
“Near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha rolled forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma. And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  
Tathāgatenāvuso, arahatā sammāsambuddhena bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ, yadidaṁ— 
Друзья, в Варанаси, в Оленьем парке, в Исипатане Татхагата, совершенный и полностью просветлённый, привёл в движение несравненное Колесо Дхаммы, которое не может быть остановлено каким-либо жрецом или отшельником, божеством, Марой, Брахмой, или кем бы то ни было в мире, –  
Near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Realized One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha rolled forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma. And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  

mn143idhalokanissitaṁ idhalokaṁ paralokanissitaṁ paralokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘na idhalokaṁ upādiyissāmi, na ca me idhalokanissitaṁ viññāṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti.   ‘I shall not grasp this world, and there shall be no consciousness of mine dependent on this world.’  
‘na paralokaṁ upādiyissāmi, na ca me paralokanissitaṁ viññāṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti.  
‘I shall not grasp the other world, and there shall be no consciousness of mine dependent on the other world.’  

mn150lokavidū lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  

sn1.18lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

koci lokasmiṁ vijjati;   Сдержан кто был бы чувством стыда, 
be found in the world?  

sn1.26lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kati lokasmiṁ pajjotā,   «Так сколько же в мире источников света, 
“How many lamps are there  

sn1.28lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

ke lokasmiṁ anussukā”ti.   Кто в мире не является алчным?» 
Who in the world is not avid?”  
te lokasmiṁ anussukā”ti. 
они не алчные в этом мире»." 
they in the world are not avid.” 

sn1.32paralokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puññāni paralokasmiṁ,   The good deeds of sentient beings  

sn1.35lokapariyāyaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

viditvā lokapariyāyaṁ;   for they understand the way of the world.  

sn1.37lokadhātūhi2Pi En Ru dhamma

dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca.   And most of the deities from ten solar systems had gathered to see the Buddha and the Saṅgha of mendicants.  
dasahi ca lokadhātūhi devatā yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya bhikkhusaṅghañca.  
 

sn1.43paralokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puññāni paralokasmiṁ,   The good deeds of sentient beings  

sn1.49yamalokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

yamalokaṁ upapajjare;   the animal realm, or Yama’s world.  

sn1.70lokasutta1Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokasutta   The World  

sn1.75paralokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kismiṁ ṭhito paralokaṁ na bhāye”ti.   Standing on what need one not fear the next world?”  
Dhamme ṭhito paralokaṁ na bhāye”ti. 
standing on the teaching one need not fear the next world.” 

sn1.76lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kati lokasmiṁ chiddāni,   How many holes are there in the world,  
Cha lokasmiṁ chiddāni,  
There are six holes in the world,  

sn1.77lokasmimabbudaṁ lokasmimabbudā2Pi En Ru dhamma

kiṁsu lokasmimabbudaṁ.   Who is a plague on the world?  
corā lokasmimabbudā.  
A bandit is a plague on the world.  

sn1.79lokasmi2Pi En Ru dhamma

kiṁsu lokasmi dujjahaṁ;   What in the world is hard to give up?  
icchā lokasmi dujjahā;  
Desire in the world is hard to give up.  

sn1.80lokasmi4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kiṁsu lokasmi pajjoto,   “What’s the lamp for the world?  
kiṁsu lokasmi jāgaro;  
What in the world is wakeful?  
“Paññā lokasmi pajjoto,  
“Wisdom is the lamp for the world.  
sati lokasmi jāgaro;  
Mindfulness in the world is wakeful.  

sn2.2lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokassa ñatvā udayabbayañca,   having known the arising and passing of the world,  

sn2.4lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kati lokasmiṁ pajjotā,   “How many lamps are there  

sn2.13lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokassa ñatvā udayabbayañca,   having known the arising and passing of the world,  

sn2.23paralokasmiṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Puññāni paralokasmiṁ,   The good deeds of sentient beings  
Puññāni paralokasmiṁ,  
 
Puññāni paralokasmiṁ,  
The good deeds of sentient beings  

sn2.26lokamimaṁ lokanirodhagāminiñca lokanirodhañca lokantagū lokantaṁ lokasamudayañca lokassa lokassanto lokavidū lokañca17Pi En Ru dhamma

“yattha nu kho, bhante, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, sakkā nu kho so, bhante, gamanena lokassa anto ñātuṁ vā daṭṭhuṁ vā pāpuṇituṁ vā”ti?   “Sir, is it possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn?”  
“Yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī”ti.  
“Reverend, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn.”  
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’ti.  
 
‘ahaṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ pāpuṇissāmī’ti.  
‘I will reach the end of the world by traveling.’  
So khvāhaṁ, bhante, evarūpena javena samannāgato evarūpena ca padavītihārena, aññatreva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṁ gantvā appatvāva lokassa antaṁ antarāva kālaṅkato.  
Having such speed and stride, I traveled for my whole lifespan of a hundred years—pausing only to eat and drink, go to the toilet, and sleep to dispel weariness—and I passed away along the way, never reaching the end of the world.  
‘yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, nāhaṁ taṁ gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ daṭṭheyyaṁ patteyyanti vadāmī’”ti.  
‘Reverend, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling to a place where there’s no being born, growing old, dying, passing away, or being reborn.’”  
“Na kho panāhaṁ, āvuso, appatvā lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmi.  
“But Reverend, I also say there’s no making an end of suffering without reaching the end of the world.  
Api ca khvāhaṁ, āvuso, imasmiṁyeva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññapemi lokasamudayañca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadanti.  
For it is in this fathom-long carcass with its perception and mind that I describe the world, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation.  
lokassanto kudācanaṁ;  
be reached by traveling.  
Na ca appatvā lokantaṁ,  
But without reaching the end of the world,  
Tasmā have lokavidū sumedho,  
So an intelligent person, understanding the world,  
Lokantagū vusitabrahmacariyo;  
has completed the spiritual journey and gone to the end of the world.  
Lokassa antaṁ samitāvi ñatvā,  
A calm one, knowing the end of the world,  
Nāsīsati lokamimaṁ parañcā”ti. 
does not long for this world or the next.” 

sn2.30lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sadevakassa lokassa,   But in all the world with its gods,  

sn3.4paralokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puññāni paralokasmiṁ,   The good deeds of sentient beings  

sn3.6lokasmiṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘appakā te sattā lokasmiṁ ye uḷāre uḷāre bhoge labhitvā na ceva majjanti, na ca pamajjanti, na ca kāmesu gedhaṁ āpajjanti, na ca sattesu vippaṭipajjanti.   ‘Few are the sentient beings in the world who, when they obtain luxury possessions, don’t get indulgent and negligent, giving in to greed for sensual pleasures, and doing the wrong thing by others.  
Atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā lokasmiṁ ye uḷāre uḷāre bhoge labhitvā majjanti ceva pamajjanti ca kāmesu ca gedhaṁ āpajjanti, sattesu ca vippaṭipajjantī’”ti.  
There are many more who, when they obtain luxury possessions, do get indulgent and negligent, giving in to greed for sensual pleasures, and doing the wrong thing by others.’”  
Appakā te, mahārāja, sattā lokasmiṁ, ye uḷāre uḷāre bhoge labhitvā na ceva majjanti, na ca pamajjanti, na ca kāmesu gedhaṁ āpajjanti, na ca sattesu vippaṭipajjanti.  
 
Atha kho eteva bahutarā sattā lokasmiṁ, ye uḷāre uḷāre bhoge labhitvā majjanti ceva pamajjanti ca kāmesu ca gedhaṁ āpajjanti, sattesu ca vippaṭipajjantī”ti.  
 

sn3.11lokamimaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Asaññatā lokamimaṁ caranti.   disguised as the disciplined.  

sn3.20lokaṁ paralokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yaṁ kho so, mahārāja, seṭṭhi gahapati taggarasikhiṁ paccekasambuddhaṁ piṇḍapātena paṭipādesi, tassa kammassa vipākena sattakkhattuṁ sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajji.   Because that financier provided Tagarasikhī with almsfood, as a result of that deed he was reborn seven times in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Puññāni paralokasmiṁ,  
The good deeds of sentient beings  

sn3.21lokasmin’ti lokasmiṁ lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“cattārome, mahārāja puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   “Great king, these four people are found in the world.  
So kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
So kāyena sucaritaṁ caritvā vācāya sucaritaṁ caritvā manasā sucaritaṁ caritvā, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Ime kho, mahārāja, cattāro puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.  
These are the four people found in the world.”  

sn3.22paralokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puññāni paralokasmiṁ,   The good deeds of sentient beings  

sn3.23lokassa lokasutta7Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokasutta   The World  
“kati nu kho, bhante, lokassa dhammā uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāyā”ti?  
“Sir, how many things arise in the world for its harm, suffering, and discomfort?”  
“Tayo kho, mahārāja, lokassa dhammā uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya.  
“Great king, three things arise in the world for its harm, suffering, and discomfort.  
Lobho kho, mahārāja, lokassa dhammo, uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya.  
Greed,  
Doso kho, mahārāja, lokassa dhammo, uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya.  
hate,  
Moho kho, mahārāja, lokassa dhammo, uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya.  
and delusion.  
Ime kho, mahārāja, tayo lokassa dhammā uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāyā”ti.  
These three things arise in the world for its harm, suffering, and discomfort.”  

sn6.1lokaṁ paralokavajjabhayadassāvine8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhagavā brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṁ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṁ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokesi.   Then the Buddha, understanding Brahmā’s invitation, surveyed the world with the eye of a Buddha, out of his compassion for sentient beings.  
Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.  
And the Buddha saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not.  
paralokavajjabhayadassāvine → … dassāvino (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)  
evameva bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṁ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante.  
In the same way, the Buddha saw sentient beings with little dust in their eyes, and some with much dust in their eyes; with keen faculties and with weak faculties, with good qualities and with bad qualities, easy to teach and hard to teach. And some of them lived seeing the danger in the fault to do with the next world, while others did not.  

sn6.4brahmalokan’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

Obhāsayaṁ tiṭṭhati brahmalokan”ti.  lights up even the Brahmā realm.” 

sn6.6brahmalokasutta2Pi En Ru dhamma

Brahmalokasutta   The Negligent Brahmā  
Brahmalokasutta → pamādasuttaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts2ed); pamādaṁ (pts1ed)  

sn6.14sahassilokadhātuṁ sahassīlokadhātuṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

pahomi khvāhaṁ, āvuso, brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpetun’ti.   «Друзья, находясь в мире Брахмы, я могу сделать так, чтобы мой голос был слышен по всей системе тысячи миров».  
“Standing in the Brahmā realm, I can make my voice heard throughout the galaxy.”’  
sahassilokadhātuṁ → sahassīlokadhātuṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed, pts2ed)  
yaṁ tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, brahmaloke ṭhito sahassilokadhātuṁ sarena viññāpeyyāsī’ti.  
Сейчас подходящее время для этого, брахман! Находясь в мире Брахмы, тебе следует сделать так, чтобы твой голос был слышен по всей системе тысячи миров».  
Standing in the Brahmā realm, make your voice heard throughout the galaxy.’  

sn8.11sabbalokan’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atirocasi yasasā sabbalokan”ti.  your glory outshines the entire world.” 

sn10.12lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Asmā lokā paraṁ lokaṁ,   How do the departed not grieve  
Asmā lokā paraṁ lokaṁ,  
That’s how the departed do not grieve  

sn11.3lokajeṭṭhaṁ lokassā’ti lokavidū ullokayataṁ11Pi En Ru dhamma

Mamañhi vo dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.   Then your fear and terror will go away.  
Pajāpatissa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.  
Then your fear and terror will go away.  
Varuṇassa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissati.  
Then your fear and terror will go away.  
Īsānassa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyissatī’ti.  
Then your fear and terror will go away.’  
Taṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, sakkassa vā devānamindassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ, pajāpatissa vā devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ, varuṇassa vā devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ, īsānassa vā devarājassa dhajaggaṁ ullokayataṁ yaṁ bhavissati bhayaṁ vā chambhitattaṁ vā lomahaṁso vā, so pahīyethāpi nopi pahīyetha.  
However, when they look up at those banner’s crests their fear and terror might go away or it might not.  
“itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā”ti.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
“suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
lokajeṭṭhaṁ narāsabhaṁ;  
the eldest in the world, the chief of men— 

sn11.14lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

So tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye saddhaṁ samādiyitvā sīlaṁ samādiyitvā sutaṁ samādiyitvā cāgaṁ samādiyitvā paññaṁ samādiyitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajji devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ.   After undertaking these things, when their body broke up, after death, they were reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, in the company of the gods of the Thirty-Three.  
so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapanno devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ.  
And when their body broke up, after death, they were reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, in the company of the gods of the Thirty-Three.  
So tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye saddhaṁ samādiyitvā sīlaṁ samādiyitvā sutaṁ samādiyitvā cāgaṁ samādiyitvā paññaṁ samādiyitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapanno devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ.  
After undertaking these things, when their body broke up, after death, they’ve been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, in the company of the gods of the Thirty-Three.  

sn11.18lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Seṭṭhā hi kira lokasmiṁ,   ‘Those who you worship  

sn11.19lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Seṭṭhā hi kira lokasmiṁ,   ‘Those who you worship  

sn11.20lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Seṭṭhā hi kira lokasmiṁ,   ‘Those who you worship  

sn12.15lokanirodhaṁ lokasamudayaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokasamudayaṁ kho, kaccāna, yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya passato yā loke natthitā sā na hoti.   But when you truly see the origin of the world with right understanding, you won’t have the notion of non-existence regarding the world.  
Lokanirodhaṁ kho, kaccāna, yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya passato yā loke atthitā sā na hoti.  
And when you truly see the cessation of the world with right understanding, you won’t have the notion of existence regarding the world.  

sn12.41lokassā’ti lokavidū2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

sn12.44lokassa lokasutta8Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokasutta   The World  
“Lokassa, bhikkhave, samudayañca atthaṅgamañca desessāmi.  
“Mendicants, I will teach you the origin and ending of the world.  
“Katamo ca, bhikkhave, lokassa samudayo?  
“And what, mendicants, is the origin of the world?  
Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, lokassa samudayo.  
This is the origin of the world.  
Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, lokassa samudayo.  
This is the origin of the world.  
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, lokassa atthaṅgamo?  
And what is the ending of the world?  
Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, lokassa atthaṅgamo.  
This is the ending of the world.  
Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, lokassa atthaṅgamo”ti.  
This is the ending of the world.” 

sn12.49lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṁ lokassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno itipi …pe…   A noble disciple comes to understand the world, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation. Such a noble disciple is one who is called ‘one accomplished in view’, ‘one accomplished in vision’, ‘one who has come to the true teaching’, ‘one who sees this true teaching’, ‘one endowed with a trainee’s knowledge’, ‘one who has entered the stream of the teaching’, ‘a noble one with penetrative wisdom’, and also ‘one who stands knocking at the door to freedom from death’.”  

sn12.50lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṁ lokassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno itipi, dassanasampanno itipi, āgato imaṁ saddhammaṁ itipi, passati imaṁ saddhammaṁ itipi, sekkhena ñāṇena samannāgato itipi, sekkhāya vijjāya samannāgato itipi, dhammasotaṁ samāpanno itipi, ariyo nibbedhikapañño itipi, amatadvāraṁ āhacca tiṭṭhati itipī”ti.   A noble disciple comes to understand the world, its origin, its cessation, and the practice that leads to its cessation. Such a noble disciple is one who is called ‘one accomplished in view’, ‘one accomplished in vision’, ‘one who has come to the true teaching’, ‘one who sees this true teaching’, ‘one endowed with a trainee’s knowledge’, ‘one who has entered the stream of the teaching’, ‘a noble one with penetrative wisdom’, and also ‘one who stands pushing open the door to freedom from death’.”  

sn12.63lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Pañca kāmaguṇike rāge pariññāte natthi taṁ saṁyojanaṁ yena saṁyojanena saṁyutto ariyasāvako puna imaṁ lokaṁ āgaccheyya.   When desire for the five kinds of sensual stimulation is completely understood, a noble disciple is bound by no fetter that might return them again to this world.  

sn12.70lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṁ jānantā evaṁ passantā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passatha cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānātha: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passatha cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāthā”ti?   “Well, knowing and seeing thus, do you, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds? ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, do you see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. And do you understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds?”  

sn15.9lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

evameva kho, bhikkhave, avijjānīvaraṇā sattā taṇhāsaṁyojanā sandhāvantā saṁsarantā sakimpi asmā lokā paraṁ lokaṁ gacchanti, sakimpi parasmā lokā imaṁ lokaṁ āgacchanti.   то точно также существа, блуждающие и скитающиеся [в круговерти перерождений], скованные невежеством и спутанные жаждой, идут из этого мира в тот, из того мира – в этот. 
It’s the same for sentient beings roaming and transmigrating, shrouded by ignorance and fettered by craving. Sometimes they go from this world to the other world, and sometimes they come from the other world to this world.  

sn16.9lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi: ‘ime vata, bhonto, sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā, ime vā pana, bhonto, sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi.   Монахи, до той степени, до которой я пожелаю, я вижу за счёт божественного глаза, очищенного и превосходящего человеческий, смерть и перерождение существ, я различаю низших и великих, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных, и я понимаю, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками: «Эти существа, которые придерживались плохого поведения в поступках, речах и мыслях, оскорбляли благородных, были привержены неверным воззрениям, предпринимая действия на основе неверных воззрений. С распадом тела, после смерти, они возникают в состоянии лишения, в несчастливом уделе, в погибели, даже в аду. А эти существа, которые придерживались хорошего поведения в поступках, речах и мыслях, не оскорбляли благородных, были привержены верным воззрениям, предпринимая действия на основе верных воззрений, С остановкой жизнедеятельности тела, после смерти, возрождаются в хороших участях, в небесных мирах». Так, божественным глазом, очищенным и превосходящим человеческий, я вижу смерть и перерождение существ, [распознают] низших и высочайших, красивых и уродливых, счастливых и несчастных. Я понимаю, как существа переходят [из жизни в жизнь] в соответствии с их поступками. ",  
Whenever I want, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

sn17.1lābhasakkārasilokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘uppannaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ pajahissāma, na ca no uppanno lābhasakkārasiloko cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti.   ‘We will give up arisen possessions, honor, and popularity, and we won’t let them occupy our minds.’  

sn17.2lābhasakkārasilokassetaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Baḷisanti kho, bhikkhave, lābhasakkārasilokassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ.   ‘Hook’ is a term for possessions, honor, and popularity.  
Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ assādeti nikāmeti, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilabaḷiso mārassa anayaṁ āpanno byasanaṁ āpanno yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato.  
Whoever enjoys and likes arisen possessions, honor, and popularity is called a mendicant who has swallowed Māra’s hook. They’ve met with tragedy and disaster, and the Wicked One can do with them what he wants.  
‘uppannaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ pajahissāma, na ca no uppanno lābhasakkārasiloko cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti.  
‘We will give up arisen possessions, honor, and popularity, and we won’t let them occupy our minds.’  

sn17.3lābhasakkārasilokassetaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Papatāti kho, bhikkhave, lābhasakkārasilokassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ.   ‘Harpoon’ is a term for possessions, honor, and popularity.  
Yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ assādeti nikāmeti— 
Whoever enjoys and likes arisen possessions, honor, and popularity is called a mendicant who has been pierced with a harpoon. They’ve met with tragedy and disaster, and the Wicked One can do with them what he wants.  

sn17.6lābhasakkārasilokassetaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Asanivicakkanti kho, bhikkhave, lābhasakkārasilokassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ.   ‘Lightning strike’ is a term for possessions, honor, and popularity.  

sn17.7lābhasakkārasilokassetaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sallanti kho, bhikkhave, lābhasakkārasilokassetaṁ adhivacanaṁ.   ‘Arrow’ is a term for possessions, honor, and popularity.  

sn17.25lābhasakkārasilokassa2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā lābhasakkārasilokassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti,   “Mendicants, there are ascetics and brahmins who don’t truly understand the gratification, drawback, and escape when it comes to possessions, honor, and popularity.  
Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā lābhasakkārasilokassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti,  
There are ascetics and brahmins who do truly understand the gratification, drawback, and escape when it comes to possessions, honor, and popularity.  

sn17.26lābhasakkārasilokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā lābhasakkārasilokassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti …pe…   “There are ascetics and brahmins who don’t truly understand the origin, ending, gratification, drawback, and escape when it comes to possessions, honor, and popularity …  

sn17.27lābhasakkārasilokanirodhagāminiṁ lābhasakkārasilokanirodhaṁ lābhasakkārasilokasamudayaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti, lābhasakkārasilokasamudayaṁ nappajānanti, lābhasakkārasilokanirodhaṁ nappajānanti, lābhasakkārasilokanirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ nappajānanti …pe…   “There are ascetics and brahmins who don’t truly understand possessions, honor, and popularity, their origin, their cessation, and the path that leads to their cessation …  

sn17.30lābhasakkārasilokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Yā hissa sā, ānanda, akuppā cetovimutti nāhaṁ tassā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ antarāyāya vadāmi.   “Ānanda, I don’t say that possessions, honor, and popularity obstruct the unshakable freedom of heart.  
Ye ca khvassa, ānanda, appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārā adhigatā tesāhamassa lābhasakkārasilokaṁ antarāyāya vadāmi.  
But I do say that possessions, honor, and popularity obstruct the achievement of blissful meditations in this very life for a meditator who is diligent, keen, and resolute.  
‘uppannaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ pajahissāma, na ca no uppanno lābhasakkārasiloko cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti.  
‘We will give up arisen possessions, honor, and popularity, and we won’t let them occupy our minds.’  

sn17.36lābhasakkārasilokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Mā, bhikkhave, devadattassa lābhasakkārasilokaṁ pihayittha.   “Mendicants, don’t envy Devadatta’s possessions, honor, and popularity.  

sn17.37lābhasakkārasilokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘uppannaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ pajahissāma.   ‘We will give up arisen possessions, honor, and popularity, and we won’t let them occupy our minds.’  

sn17.38-43lābhasakkārasilokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘uppannaṁ lābhasakkārasilokaṁ pajahissāma, na ca no uppanno lābhasakkārasiloko cittaṁ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti.   ‘We will give up arisen possessions, honor, and popularity, and we won’t let them occupy our minds.’  

sn21.2lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘atthi nu kho taṁ kiñci lokasmiṁ yassa me vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā’ti?   ‘Is there anything in the world whose decay and perishing would give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress in me?’  
‘natthi kho taṁ kiñci lokasmiṁ yassa me vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjeyyuṁ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā’”ti.  
‘There is nothing in the world whose decay and perishing would give rise to sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress in me.’”  

sn22.76lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattāvāsā, yāvatā bhavaggaṁ, ete aggā, ete seṭṭhā lokasmiṁ yadidaṁ arahanto”ti.   As far as there are abodes of sentient beings, even up until the pinnacle of existence, the perfected ones are the foremost and the best.”  
Ete kho seṭṭhā lokasmiṁ,  
These are the best in the world,  

sn22.77lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattāvāsā, yāvatā bhavaggaṁ, ete aggā, ete seṭṭhā lokasmiṁ yadidaṁ arahanto”ti.   As far as there are abodes of sentient beings, even up until the pinnacle of existence, the perfected ones are the foremost and the best.” 

sn22.78lokassa lokavidū3Pi En Ru dhamma

Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yadā tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā. So dhammaṁ deseti:   In the same way, when a Realized One arises in the world—perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed—he teaches the Dhamma:  
Evaṁ mahiddhiko kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato sadevakassa lokassa, evaṁ mahesakkho, evaṁ mahānubhāvo”ti.  
That’s how powerful is the Realized One in the world with its gods, how illustrious and mighty.”  
Sadevakassa lokassa,  
rolls forth the Wheel of Dhamma  

sn22.80lokasmiṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Abhisāpoyaṁ, bhikkhave, lokasmiṁ piṇḍolo vicarasi pattapāṇīti.   The world curses you: ‘You beggar, walking bowl in hand!’  
‘atthi nu kho taṁ kiñci lokasmiṁ yamahaṁ upādiyamāno na vajjavā assan’ti?  
‘Is there anything in the world that I could grasp without fault?’  
‘natthi nu kho taṁ kiñci lokasmiṁ yamahaṁ upādiyamāno na vajjavā assaṁ.  
‘There’s nothing in the world that I could grasp without fault.  

sn22.90lokanirodhaṁ lokasamudayaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokasamudayaṁ kho, kaccāna, yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya passato yā loke natthitā, sā na hoti.   But when you truly see the origin of the world with right understanding, you won’t have the notion of non-existence regarding the world.  
Lokanirodhaṁ kho, kaccāna, yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya passato yā loke atthitā, sā na hoti.  
And when you truly see the cessation of the world with right understanding, you won’t have the notion of existence regarding the world.  

sn22.94lokadhammo lokasmiṁ lokaṁ7Pi En Ru dhamma

Na, bhikkhave, dhammavādī kenaci lokasmiṁ vivadati.   When your speech is in line with the teaching you do not argue with anyone in the world.  
Atthi, bhikkhave, loke lokadhammo, taṁ tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti;  
There is a temporal phenomenon in the world that the Realized One understands and comprehends.  
Kiñca, bhikkhave, loke lokadhammo, taṁ tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti, abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti?  
And what is that temporal phenomenon in the world?  
Rūpaṁ, bhikkhave, loke lokadhammo taṁ tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti.  
Form is a temporal phenomenon in the world that the Realized One understands and comprehends.  
Vedanā, bhikkhave, loke lokadhammo …pe…  
Feeling …  
viññāṇaṁ, bhikkhave, loke lokadhammo taṁ tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti.  
Consciousness is a temporal phenomenon in the world that the Realized One understands and comprehends.  
evameva kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke jāto loke saṁvaḍḍho lokaṁ abhibhuyya viharati anupalitto lokenā”ti.  
In the same way, though I was born and grew up in the world, I live having mastered the world, unsullied by the world.” 

sn22.117lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano rūpabandhanabaddho santarabāhirabandhanabaddho atīradassī apāradassī, baddho jīyati baddho mīyati baddho asmā lokā paraṁ lokaṁ gacchati.   Такого называют необученным заурядным человеком, который привязан к материи внутри и снаружи. Он не видит ни ближнего берега, ни дальнего берега. Он рождается в оковах, умирает в оковах и переходит в оковах из этого мира в следующий. 
They’re called an unlearned ordinary person who is bound to form, inside and out. They see neither the near shore nor the far shore. They’re born in bonds and die in bonds, and in bonds they go from this world to the next.  
Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano vedanābandhanabaddho santarabāhirabandhanabaddho atīradassī apāradassī, baddho jīyati baddho mīyati baddho asmā lokā paraṁ lokaṁ gacchati.  
 
 
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano viññāṇabandhanabaddho santarabāhirabandhanabaddho atīradassī apāradassī, baddho jīyati baddho mīyati baddho asmā lokā paraṁ lokaṁ gacchati.  
They’re called an unlearned ordinary person who is bound to consciousness, inside and out. They see neither the near shore nor the far shore. They’re born in bonds and die in bonds, and in bonds they go from this world to the next.  

sn22.122palokato3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sīlavatāvuso, koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.   “Reverend Koṭṭhita, an ethical mendicant should rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
Sīlavatāvuso, koṭṭhika, bhikkhunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.  
An ethical mendicant should rationally apply the mind to these five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  
“Arahatāpi kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.  
“Reverend Koṭṭhita, a perfected one should also rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  

sn22.123palokato1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Arahatāpi khvāvuso koṭṭhika, ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi kātabbā.   “Reverend Koṭṭhita, a perfected one should rationally apply the mind to the five grasping aggregates as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as a boil, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.  

sn24.5lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko; natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā; natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedenti.   ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.  

sn24.9sassatalokasuttaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sassatadiṭṭhisutta   The Cosmos is Eternal  
Sassatadiṭṭhisutta → sassatalokasuttaṁ (bj); sassato loko (pts1ed) 

sn24.10asassatalokasuttaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Asassatadiṭṭhisutta   The Cosmos Is Not Eternal  
Asassatadiṭṭhisutta → asassatalokasuttaṁ (bj); asassato loko (pts1ed) 

sn29.3lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sacajja mayaṁ kāyena sucaritaṁ careyyāma, vācāya sucaritaṁ careyyāma, manasā sucaritaṁ careyyāma, evaṁ mayaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyāma.   If today we do good things by body, speech, and mind, when the body breaks up, after death, we may be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

sn29.6lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sacajja mayaṁ kāyena sucaritaṁ careyyāma, vācāya … manasā sucaritaṁ careyyāma, evaṁ mayaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyāma.   If today we do good things by body, speech, and mind, when the body breaks up, after death, we may be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

sn35.68lokapaññatti samiddhilokapañhāsutta6Pi En Ru dhamma

Samiddhilokapañhāsutta   Samiddhi’s Question About the World  
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, loko vā assa lokapaññatti vā”ti?  
How do we define the world or what is known as the world?”  
“Yattha kho, samiddhi, atthi cakkhu, atthi rūpā, atthi cakkhuviññāṇaṁ, atthi cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā, atthi tattha loko vā lokapaññatti vāti …pe…  
“Samiddhi, where there is the eye, sights, eye consciousness, and phenomena to be known by eye consciousness, there is the world or what is known as the world.  
atthi mano, atthi dhammā, atthi manoviññāṇaṁ, atthi manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā, atthi tattha loko vā lokapaññatti vā.  
Where there is the mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and phenomena to be known by mind consciousness, there is the world or what is known as the world.  
Yattha ca kho, samiddhi, natthi cakkhu, natthi rūpā, natthi cakkhuviññāṇaṁ, natthi cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā, natthi tattha loko vā lokapaññatti vā …pe…  
Where there is no eye, no sights, no eye consciousness, and no phenomena to be known by eye consciousness, there is no world or what is known as the world.  
natthi mano, natthi dhammā, natthi manoviññāṇaṁ, natthi manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā, natthi tattha loko vā lokapaññatti vā”ti.  
Where there is no mind, no ideas, no mind consciousness, and no phenomena to be known by mind consciousness, there is no world or what is known as the world.” 

sn35.82lokapañhāsutta lokasuttaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokapañhāsutta   A Question On the World  
Lokapañhāsutta → lokasuttaṁ (bj); loko (pts1ed) 

sn35.84paloka palokadhammasutta palokadhammaṁ palokadhammo palokadhammā21Pi En Ru dhamma

Palokadhammasutta   Liable to Wear Out  
Palokadhammasutta → paloka (pts1ed) 
“Yaṁ kho, ānanda, palokadhammaṁ, ayaṁ vuccati ariyassa vinaye loko.  
“Ānanda, that which is liable to wear out is called the world in the training of the Noble One.  
Kiñca, ānanda, palokadhammaṁ?  
And what is liable to wear out?  
Cakkhu kho, ānanda, palokadhammaṁ, rūpā palokadhammā, cakkhuviññāṇaṁ palokadhammaṁ, cakkhusamphasso palokadhammo, yampidaṁ cakkhusamphassapaccayā …pe… tampi palokadhammaṁ …pe…  
The eye is liable to wear out. Sights … eye consciousness … eye contact is liable to wear out. The painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by eye contact is also liable to wear out.  
jivhā palokadhammā, rasā palokadhammā, jivhāviññāṇaṁ palokadhammaṁ, jivhāsamphasso palokadhammo, yampidaṁ jivhāsamphassapaccayā …pe… tampi palokadhammaṁ …pe…  
The ear … nose … tongue … body …  
mano palokadhammo, dhammā palokadhammā, manoviññāṇaṁ palokadhammaṁ, manosamphasso palokadhammo, yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi palokadhammaṁ.  
The mind … ideas … mind consciousness … mind contact is liable to wear out. The painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also liable to wear out.  
Yaṁ kho, ānanda, palokadhammaṁ, ayaṁ vuccati ariyassa vinaye loko”ti.  
That which is liable to wear out is called the world in the training of the Noble One.” 

sn35.85suññalokasuttaṁ suññatalokasutta3Pi En Ru dhamma

Suññatalokasutta   The World is Empty  
Suññatalokasutta → suññalokasuttaṁ (bj); suñña (pts1ed) 

sn35.93palokasuññā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Palokasuññā saṅkhittaṁ,    

sn35.107lokasamudayasutta lokassa9Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokasamudayasutta   The Origin of the World  
Lokasamudayasutta → loko (pts1ed) 
“Lokassa, bhikkhave, samudayañca atthaṅgamañca desessāmi.  
“Mendicants, I will teach you the origin and ending of the world.  
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, lokassa samudayo?  
And what, mendicants, is the origin of the world?  
Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, lokassa samudayo …pe…  
This is the origin of the world. …  
Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, lokassa samudayo.  
This is the origin of the world.  
Katamo ca, bhikkhave, lokassa atthaṅgamo?  
And what is the ending of the world?  
Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, lokassa atthaṅgamo …pe…  
This is the ending of the world. …  
Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, lokassa atthaṅgamo”ti.  
This is the ending of the world.” 

sn35.114lokakāmaguṇavagga1Pi En Ru dhamma

12. Lokakāmaguṇavagga   12. The World and the Kinds of Sensual Stimulation  

sn35.115lokakāmaguṇavagga1Pi En Ru dhamma

12. Lokakāmaguṇavagga   12. The World and the Kinds of Sensual Stimulation  

sn35.116lokakāmaguṇa lokakāmaguṇavagga lokamānī lokantagamanasutta lokasaññī lokasmiṁ lokassa38Pi En Ru dhamma

12. Lokakāmaguṇavagga   12. The World and the Kinds of Sensual Stimulation  
Lokantagamanasutta  
Traveling to the End of the World  
Lokantagamanasutta → lokakāmaguṇa 1 (pts1ed)  
“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ, daṭṭheyyaṁ, patteyyanti vadāmi.  
“Mendicants, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling.  
Na ca panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, appatvā lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmī”ti.  
But I also say there’s no making an end of suffering without reaching the end of the world.”  
‘“nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ, daṭṭheyyaṁ, patteyyan”ti vadāmi.  
 
Na ca panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, appatvā lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmī’ti.  
 
‘nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ, daṭṭheyyaṁ, patteyyanti vadāmi.  
 
Na ca panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, appatvā lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmī’ti.  
 
nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ, daṭṭheyyaṁ, patteyyanti vadāmi.  
 
Na ca panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, appatvā lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmīti.  
 
‘nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ, daṭṭheyyaṁ, patteyyanti vadāmi.  
‘Mendicants, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling.  
Na ca panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, appatvā lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmī’ti,  
But I also say there’s no making an end of suffering without reaching the end of the world.’  
Yena kho, āvuso, lokasmiṁ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī— 
Whatever in the world through which you perceive the world and conceive the world  
Kena cāvuso, lokasmiṁ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī?  
And through what in the world do you perceive the world and conceive the world?  
Cakkhunā kho, āvuso, lokasmiṁ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī.  
Through the eye in the world you perceive the world and conceive the world.  
jivhāya kho, āvuso, lokasmiṁ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī.  
tongue …  
manena kho, āvuso, lokasmiṁ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī.  
mind in the world you perceive the world and conceive the world.  
Yena kho, āvuso, lokasmiṁ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī— 
Whatever in the world through which you perceive the world and conceive the world  
‘nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ, daṭṭheyyaṁ, patteyyanti vadāmi.  
‘Mendicants, I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by traveling.  
Na ca panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, appatvā lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmī’ti,  
But I also say there’s no making an end of suffering without reaching the end of the world.’  
‘nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ, daṭṭheyyaṁ, patteyyanti vadāmi.  
 
Na ca panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, appatvā lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmī’ti.  
 
nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, gamanena lokassa antaṁ ñāteyyaṁ, daṭṭheyyaṁ, patteyyanti vadāmi.  
 
Na ca panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, appatvā lokassa antaṁ dukkhassa antakiriyaṁ vadāmīti.  
 

sn35.117lokakāmaguṇa lokakāmaguṇavagga2Pi En Ru dhamma

12. Lokakāmaguṇavagga   12. The World and the Kinds of Sensual Stimulation  
Kāmaguṇasutta  
The Kinds of Sensual Stimulation  
Kāmaguṇasutta → lokakāmaguṇa 2 (pts1ed) 

sn35.118lokakāmaguṇavagga1Pi En Ru dhamma

12. Lokakāmaguṇavagga   12. The World and the Kinds of Sensual Stimulation  

sn35.119lokakāmaguṇavagga1Pi En Ru dhamma

12. Lokakāmaguṇavagga   12. The World and the Kinds of Sensual Stimulation  

sn35.120lokakāmaguṇavagga1Pi En Ru dhamma

12. Lokakāmaguṇavagga   12. The World and the Kinds of Sensual Stimulation  

sn35.121lokakāmaguṇavagga1Pi En Ru dhamma

12. Lokakāmaguṇavagga   12. The World and the Kinds of Sensual Stimulation  

sn35.122lokakāmaguṇavagga1Pi En Ru dhamma

12. Lokakāmaguṇavagga   12. The World and the Kinds of Sensual Stimulation  

sn35.123lokakāmaguṇavagga lokakāmaguṇavaggo lokakāmaguṇena3Pi En Ru dhamma

12. Lokakāmaguṇavagga   12. The World and the Kinds of Sensual Stimulation  
Lokakāmaguṇavaggo dutiyo.  
 
lokakāmaguṇena ca;  
 

sn35.136lokassa1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sadevakassa lokassa,   For all the world with its gods,  

sn35.228lokantagū1Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokantagū pāragatoti vuccatī”ti.   they’re called ‘one who has gone beyond’.” 

sn35.230lokasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evameva kho, bhikkhave, chayime baḷisā lokasmiṁ anayāya sattānaṁ vadhāya pāṇinaṁ.   In the same way, there are these six hooks in the world that mean tragedy and slaughter for living creatures.  

sn36.6lokamimaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Vipassato lokamimaṁ parañca;   discerns this world and the next.  

sn36.21lokassapi2Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokassapi kho etaṁ, sīvaka, saccasammataṁ yathā pittasamuṭṭhānānipi idhekaccāni vedayitāni uppajjanti.   and it is generally deemed to be true.  
lokassapi kho etaṁ, sīvaka, saccasammataṁ.  
and it is generally deemed to be true.  

sn37.15lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“idhāhaṁ, bhante, mātugāmaṁ passāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantaṁ.   “Sometimes, sir, with my clairvoyance that’s purified and superhuman, I see that a female—when her body breaks up, after death—is reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Katīhi nu kho, bhante, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī”ti?  
How many qualities do females have so that they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm?”  
“Pañcahi kho, anuruddha, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
“Anuruddha, when females have five qualities, when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
imehi kho, anuruddha, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī”ti.  
When females have these five qualities, when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 

sn37.16lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcahi, anuruddha, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.    
imehi kho, anuruddha, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī”ti.  
" 

sn37.17lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcahi, anuruddha, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.    

sn37.23lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

imehi kho, anuruddha, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī”ti.    

sn37.24lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Pañcahi, anuruddha, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   “Anuruddha, when females have five qualities, when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
imehi kho, anuruddha, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī”ti.  
When females have these five qualities, when their body breaks up, after death, they are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  

sn37.31lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Na, bhikkhave, mātugāmo rūpabalahetu vā bhogabalahetu vā ñātibalahetu vā puttabalahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.   It is not because of the powers of attractiveness, wealth, relatives, or children that females, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Sīlabalahetu kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
It is because of the power of ethical behavior that females, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

sn40.10lokassā’ti lokavidū lokaṁ61Pi En Ru dhamma

Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.   It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Dhammasaraṇagamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Dhammasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Dhammasaraṇagamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  
Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Dhammasaraṇagamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Buddhasaraṇagamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Saṅghasaraṇagamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti …pe….  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… lokassā’ti.  
Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti …pe….  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… lokassā’ti.  
Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti …pe….  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, devānaminda, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  

sn41.7lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhante, bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.   It’s when a mendicant meditates spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

sn41.9lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘natthi taṁ saṁyojanaṁ yena saṁyojanena saṁyutto citto gahapati puna imaṁ lokaṁ āgaccheyyā’”ti.   ‘The householder Citta is bound by no fetter that might return him to this world.’”  

sn41.10lokassā’ti lokavidū2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

sn42.6lokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhagavā pana, bhante, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pahoti tathā kātuṁ yathā sabbo loko kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyā”ti?   But what about the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha: is he able to ensure that the whole world will be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm when their body breaks up, after death?”  
‘ayaṁ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatū’ti.  
‘When this person’s body breaks up, after death, may they be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm!’  
api nu so puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācanahetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikā anuparisakkanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyā”ti?  
Would that person be reborn in heaven because of their prayers?”  
‘ayaṁ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatū’ti, atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya.  
when their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
‘ayaṁ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjatū’ti, atha kho so puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyā”ti.  
when their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  

sn42.8lokavidū lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha pana, gāmaṇi, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā.   But consider when a Realized One arises in the world, perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.  
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
That noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
They meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  

sn42.12lokasmiṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Tayo kho me, gāmaṇi, kāmabhogino santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.   There are these three kinds of pleasure seekers in the world.  
Tayome, gāmaṇi, tapassino lūkhajīvino santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ.  
These three fervent mortifiers who live rough are found in the world.  

sn42.13lokaṁ29Pi En Ru dhamma

‘natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko. Natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.   ‘There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
‘atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ, atthi hutaṁ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, atthi ayaṁ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā, ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti.  
‘There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.’  
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Then that noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
“natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā, sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī”ti.  
“There’s no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There’s no fruit or result of good and bad deeds. There’s no afterlife. There’s no such thing as mother and father, or beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there’s no ascetic or brahmin who is rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describes the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.”  
Ubhayamettha kaṭaggāho, yaṁ camhi kāyena saṁvuto vācāya saṁvuto manasā saṁvuto, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti.  
I hold a perfect hand on both counts, since I’m restrained in body, speech, and mind, and when my body breaks up, after death, I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’  
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Then that noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
“atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ, atthi hutaṁ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, atthi ayaṁ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā, sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī”ti.  
“There is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an afterlife. There are such things as mother and father, and beings that are reborn spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are rightly comported and rightly practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own insight.”  
Ubhayamettha kaṭaggāho, yaṁ camhi kāyena saṁvuto vācāya saṁvuto manasā saṁvuto, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti.  
I hold a perfect hand on both counts, since I’m restrained in body, speech, and mind, and when my body breaks up, after death, I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’  
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Then that noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Ubhayamettha kaṭaggāho, yaṁ camhi kāyena saṁvuto vācāya saṁvuto manasā saṁvuto, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti.  
I hold a perfect hand on both counts, since I’m restrained in body, speech, and mind, and when my body breaks up, after death, I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’  
sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti → paraṁ maraṇā na upapajjissāmīti (?) 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
Then that noble disciple is rid of desire, rid of ill will, unconfused, aware, and mindful. They meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Ubhayamettha kaṭaggāho, yaṁ camhi kāyena saṁvuto vācāya saṁvuto manasā saṁvuto, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti.  
I hold a perfect hand on both counts, since I’m restrained in body, speech, and mind, and when my body breaks up, after death, I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’  
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
“natthi dinnaṁ, natthi yiṭṭhaṁ, natthi hutaṁ natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, natthi ayaṁ loko natthi paro loko, natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī”ti.  
 
Ubhayamettha kaṭaggāho, yaṁ camhi kāyena saṁvuto vācāya saṁvuto manasā saṁvuto, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti.  
 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
 
“atthi dinnaṁ, atthi yiṭṭhaṁ, atthi hutaṁ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṁ kammānaṁ phalaṁ vipāko, atthi ayaṁ loko atthi paro loko, atthi mātā atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lokaṁ parañca lokaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī”ti.  
 
Ubhayamettha kaṭaggāho, yaṁ camhi kāyena saṁvuto vācāya saṁvuto manasā saṁvuto, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti.  
 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
 
Ubhayamettha kaṭaggāho, yaṁ camhi kāyena saṁvuto vācāya saṁvuto manasā saṁvuto, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti.  
 
Sa kho so, gāmaṇi, ariyasāvako evaṁ vigatābhijjho vigatabyāpādo asammūḷho sampajāno paṭissato upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ, iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.  
 
Ubhayamettha kaṭaggāho, yaṁ camhi kāyena saṁvuto vācāya saṁvuto manasā saṁvuto, yañca kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissāmī’ti.  
I hold a perfect hand on both counts, since I’m restrained in body, speech, and mind, and when my body breaks up, after death, I’ll be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’  

sn45.4lokamhā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Niyyanti dhīrā lokamhā,   The wise leave the world in it,  

sn46.54lokaṁ7Pi En Ru dhamma

‘etha tumhe, bhikkhave, pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharatha, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharatha.   ‘Come, mendicants, give up these five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom, and meditate spreading a heart full of love to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, spread a heart full of love to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Karuṇāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharatha, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ karuṇāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharatha.  
Meditate spreading a heart full of compassion to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, spread a heart full of compassion to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Muditāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharatha, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ muditāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharatha.  
Meditate spreading a heart full of rejoicing to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, spread a heart full of rejoicing to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.  
Upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharatha, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharathā’ti.  
Meditate spreading a heart full of equanimity to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of equanimity to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.’  
iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharathā’ti.  
 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharatha, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharathā’ti.  
 
upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṁ disaṁ pharitvā viharatha, tathā dutiyaṁ, tathā tatiyaṁ, tathā catutthaṁ; iti uddhamadho tiriyaṁ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṁ lokaṁ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharathā’ti.  
 

sn47.13palokadhammaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Taṁ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ vata mā palujjīti—  How could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out?  
Taṁ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ vata mā palujjī’ti— 
How could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out?  

sn47.14palokadhammaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Taṁ kutettha, bhikkhave, labbhā. Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ vata mā palujjīti—  How could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out?  
Taṁ kutettha, bhikkhave, labbhā. Yaṁ taṁ jātaṁ bhūtaṁ saṅkhataṁ palokadhammaṁ, taṁ vata mā palujjīti— 
How could it possibly be so that what is born, created, conditioned, and liable to wear out should not wear out?  

sn47.28lokasutta lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokasutta   The World  
Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā sahassaṁ lokaṁ abhijānāmī”ti.  
And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I directly know the entire galaxy.” 

sn48.9lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti—  ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  

sn48.10lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti—  ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  

sn48.11lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti—  ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  

sn48.42lokasmiṁ lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Evameva kho, bhikkhave, uṇṇābhassa brāhmaṇassa tathāgate saddhā niviṭṭhā mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā daḷhā asaṁhāriyā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṁ.   “In the same way, the brahmin Uṇṇābha’s faith in the Realized One is settled, rooted, and planted deep. It’s strong and can’t be shifted by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.  
Imamhi ce, bhikkhave, samaye uṇṇābho brāhmaṇo kālaṁ kareyya, natthi taṁ saṁyojanaṁ yena saṁyojanena saṁyutto uṇṇābho brāhmaṇo puna imaṁ lokaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti.  
If he were to pass away at this time, he would be bound by no fetter that might return him to this world.” 

sn48.57brahmalokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

So khvāhaṁ, bhante, imesaṁyeva pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā kāmesu kāmacchandaṁ virājetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ brahmalokaṁ upapanno.   Because of developing and cultivating these same five faculties I lost desire for sensual pleasures. When my body broke up, after death, I was reborn in a good place, in the Brahmā realm.  

sn51.11lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ bhāvitesu kho, bhikkhu, catūsu iddhipādesu evaṁ bahulīkatesu, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata, bhonto, sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana, bhonto, sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte, suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   When the four bases of psychic power have been developed and cultivated in this way, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

sn51.20ālokasaññā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ālokasaññā suggahitā hoti divāsaññā svādhiṭṭhitā.   Вот, монахи, восприятие света тщательно ухвачено монахом. Он хорошо настроен на восприятие дня.  
It’s when a mendicant has properly grasped the perception of light, and has properly grasped the perception of day.  
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno ālokasaññā suggahitā hoti divāsaññā svādhiṭṭhitā.  
 
 

sn51.22brahmalokaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

“abhijānāti nu kho, bhante, bhagavā iddhiyā manomayena kāyena brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamitā”ti?   “Sir, do you have personal experience of going to the Brahmā realm by psychic power with a mind-made body?”  
“Abhijānāmi khvāhaṁ, ānanda, iddhiyā manomayena kāyena brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamitā”ti.  
“I do, Ānanda.”  
“Abhijānāti pana, bhante, bhagavā iminā cātumahābhūtikena kāyena iddhiyā brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamitā”ti?  
“But do you have personal experience of going to the Brahmā realm by psychic power with this body made up of the four primary elements?”  
“Abhijānāmi khvāhaṁ, ānanda, iminā cātumahābhūtikena kāyena iddhiyā brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamitā”ti.  
“I do, Ānanda.”  
“Yañca kho omāti, bhante, bhagavā iddhiyā manomayena kāyena brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamituṁ, yañca kho abhijānāti, bhante, bhagavā iminā cātumahābhūtikena kāyena iddhiyā brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamitā, tayidaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyañceva abbhutañcā”ti.  
“It’s incredible and amazing that the Buddha is capable of going to the Brahmā realm by psychic power with a mind-made body! And that he has personal experience of going to the Brahmā realm by psychic power with this body made up of the four primary elements!”  

sn52.6lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā sahassaṁ lokaṁ abhijānāmī”ti.   And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I directly know the entire galaxy.” 

sn52.18anekadhātunānādhātulokaṁ loka2Pi En Ru dhamma

Nānādhātusutta   Diverse Elements  
Nānādhātusutta → anekadhātusuttaṁ (bj); loka (pts1ed) 
“Imesañca panāhaṁ, āvuso, catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ bhāvitattā bahulīkatattā anekadhātunānādhātulokaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānāmī”ti.  
“… And it’s because of developing and cultivating these four kinds of mindfulness meditation that I truly understand the world with its many and diverse elements.” 

sn55.1lokassā’ti lokavidū lokaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

“kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī catunnaṁ dīpānaṁ issariyādhipaccaṁ rajjaṁ kāretvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ sahabyataṁ, so tattha nandane vane accharāsaṅghaparivuto dibbehi ca pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti, so catūhi dhammehi asamannāgato, atha kho so aparimuttova nirayā aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā aparimutto pettivisayā aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.   “Mendicants, suppose a wheel-turning monarch were to rule as sovereign lord over these four continents. And when his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, in the company of the gods of the Thirty-Three. There he entertains himself in the Garden of Delight, escorted by a band of nymphs, and supplied and provided with the five kinds of heavenly sensual stimulation. Still, as he’s lacking four things, he’s not exempt from hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. He’s not exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld.  
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.  
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṁ—cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā’ti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

sn55.2lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti.    

sn55.3lokavidū1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato bhavissāmi—itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavāti.   ‘I will have experiential confidence in the Buddha …  

sn55.7lokassāti lokavidū lokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’.   ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’  
So imaṁ lokaṁ sadevakaṁ samārakaṁ sabrahmakaṁ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṁ pajaṁ sadevamanussaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti.  
He has realized with his own insight this world—with its gods, Māras and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, gods and humans—and he makes it known to others.  
puttasambādhasayanaṁ ajjhāvaseyyāma, kāsikacandanaṁ paccanubhaveyyāma, mālāgandhavilepanaṁ dhāreyyāma, jātarūparajataṁ sādiyeyyāma, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyāma.  
We wish to live at home with our children; to use sandalwood imported from Kāsi; to wear garlands, perfumes, and makeup; and to accept gold and money. And when our body breaks up, after death, we wish to be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Tesaṁ no bhavaṁ gotamo amhākaṁ evaṅkāmānaṁ evaṁchandānaṁ evaṁadhippāyānaṁ tathā dhammaṁ desetu yathā mayaṁ puttasambādhasayanaṁ ajjhāvaseyyāma …pe… sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyāmā”ti.  
Given that we have such wishes, may the Buddha teach us the Dhamma so that we may achieve them.”  
saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
the Saṅgha …  

sn55.8lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako kālaṅkato tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī; sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissati.   The layman Sudatta passed away having ended three fetters, and weakened greed, hate, and delusion. He’s a once-returner; he will come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

sn55.10lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sādhikanavuti, ānanda, ñātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino; sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti.   More than ninety laymen in Ñātika have passed away having ended three fetters, and weakened greed, hate, and delusion. They’re once-returners, who will come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

sn55.12lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ tvaṁ, ambho purisa, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissasī’ti.   And when your body breaks up, after death, you’ll be reborn in a good place, a heaven realm.’  

sn55.13lokassāti lokaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati tathārūpassa buddhe aveccappasādo hoti—  And they do have the experiential confidence in the Buddha that causes a learned noble disciple to be reborn—when their body breaks up, after death—in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati tathārūpassa dhamme aveccappasādo hoti— 
And they do have the experiential confidence in the teaching that causes a learned noble disciple to be reborn—when their body breaks up, after death—in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Yathārūpena ca kho, āvuso, saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati tathārūpassa saṅghe aveccappasādo hoti— 
And they do have the experiential confidence in the Saṅgha that causes a learned noble disciple to be reborn—when their body breaks up, after death—in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, and worthy of veneration with joined palms.’  
Yathārūpehi ca kho, āvuso, ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato sutavā ariyasāvako kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati tathārūpāni ariyakantāni sīlāni honti akhaṇḍāni …pe…  
And they do have the ethical conduct loved by the noble ones that causes a learned noble disciple to be reborn—when their body breaks up, after death—in a good place, a heavenly realm.  

sn55.18lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.   It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjantī”ti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, are reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 

sn55.19lokaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā.   It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, have been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, āvuso, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”ti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, have been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.”  
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, have been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa moggallāna, evam’idhekacce sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”ti.  
It’s the reason why some sentient beings, when their body breaks up, after death, have been reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” 

sn55.23lokassāti2Pi En Ru dhamma

suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.    
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
 

sn55.24lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

So tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti.   With the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

sn55.25lokaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

So tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti.   With the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

sn55.26lokassāti1Pi En Ru dhamma

suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.   ‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, direct, systematic, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, and worthy of veneration with joined palms. It is the supreme field of merit for the world.’  

sn55.27lokassāti2Pi En Ru dhamma

suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.    
suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.  
 

sn55.31lokassāti1Pi En Ru dhamma

suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassāti.    

sn55.52lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho eteva bahutarā bhikkhū ye tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissantī’ti.   There are more mendicants who, with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, are once-returners, who come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.’  
‘appakā te, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmino, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karissanti.  
‘There are fewer mendicants who, with the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, are once-returners, who come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.  

sn56.10lokakkhāyikaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

rājakathaṁ corakathaṁ mahāmattakathaṁ senākathaṁ, bhayakathaṁ yuddhakathaṁ, annakathaṁ pānakathaṁ vatthakathaṁ sayanakathaṁ mālākathaṁ gandhakathaṁ, ñātikathaṁ yānakathaṁ gāmakathaṁ nigamakathaṁ nagarakathaṁ janapadakathaṁ itthikathaṁ sūrakathaṁ visikhākathaṁ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṁ, pubbapetakathaṁ nānattakathaṁ, lokakkhāyikaṁ samuddakkhāyikaṁ itibhavābhavakathaṁ iti vā.   talk about kings, bandits, and ministers; talk about armies, threats, and wars; talk about food, drink, clothes, and beds; talk about garlands and fragrances; talk about family, vehicles, villages, towns, cities, and countries; talk about women and heroes; street talk and talk at the well; talk about the departed; motley talk; tales of land and sea; and talk about being reborn in this or that state of existence.  

sn56.11dasasahassilokadhātu lokasmin’ti4Pi En Ru dhamma

“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.   “Вот Благословенным в Варанаси, в Исипатане, в Оленьем Парке запущено колесо непревзойденного Учения, которое не может быть остановлено отшельником, жрецом, божеством, Марой, Брахмой, кем-либо на свете”.  
“Near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Buddha has rolled forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma. And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.”  
“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ, appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.  
“Вот Благословенным в Варанаси, в Исипатане, в Оленьем Парке запущено колесо непревзойденного Учения, которое не может быть остановлено отшельником, жрецом, божеством, Марой, Брахмой, кем-либо на свете'.  
 
“etaṁ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṁ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavattitaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmin”ti.  
'Вот Благословенным в Варанаси, в Исипатане, в Оленьем Парке запущено колесо непревзойденного Учения, которое не может быть остановлено отшельником, жрецом, божеством, Марой, Брахмой, кем-либо на свете'.  
“Near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana, the Buddha has rolled forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma. And that wheel cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.”  
Ayañca dasasahassilokadhātu saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pāturahosi atikkamma devānaṁ devānubhāvanti.  
И эта десятитысячная сфера света - мира содрогнулась, задрожала, затряслась, и возникло неизмеримое, возвышенное сияние превосходящее божеств божественное величие.  
And this galaxy shook and rocked and trembled. And an immeasurable, magnificent light appeared in the world, surpassing the glory of the gods.  

sn56.28lokasutta1Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokasutta   The World  

sn56.33lokaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

evameva kho, bhikkhave, avijjānīvaraṇā sattā taṇhāsaṁyojanā sandhāvantā saṁsarantā sakimpi asmā lokā paraṁ lokaṁ gacchanti, sakimpi parasmā lokā imaṁ lokaṁ āgacchanti.   It’s the same for sentient beings roaming and transmigrating, shrouded by ignorance and fettered by craving. Sometimes they go from this world to the other world, and sometimes they come from the other world to this world.  

sn56.38ālokassa4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, candimasūriyā loke nuppajjanti, neva tāva mahato ālokassa pātubhāvo hoti mahato obhāsassa.   “Mendicants, as long as the moon and the sun don’t arise in the world, no great light or great radiance appears.  
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, candimasūriyā loke uppajjanti, atha mahato ālokassa pātubhāvo hoti mahato obhāsassa.  
But when the moon and the sun arise in the world, a great light, a great radiance appears.  
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yāvakīvañca tathāgato loke nuppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, neva tāva mahato ālokassa pātubhāvo hoti mahato obhāsassa.  
In the same way, as long as the Realized One doesn’t arise in the world, no great light or great radiance appears.  
Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṁ sammāsambuddho, atha mahato ālokassa pātubhāvo hoti mahato obhāsassa.  
But when the Realized One arises in the world, a great light, a great radiance appears.  

sn56.41lokacintaṁ lokacintāsutta7Pi En Ru dhamma

Lokacintāsutta   Speculation About the World  
Lokacintāsutta → cintāsuttaṁ (bj); cintā (pts1ed)  
“bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, aññataro puriso rājagahā nikkhamitvā ‘lokacintaṁ cintessāmī’ti yena sumāgadhā pokkharaṇī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sumāgadhāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre nisīdi lokacintaṁ cintento.  
“Once upon a time, mendicants, a certain person left Rājagaha, thinking ‘I’ll speculate about the world.’ They went to the Sumāgadhā lotus pond and sat down on the bank speculating about the world.  
‘Idhāhaṁ, bhante, rājagahā nikkhamitvā “lokacintaṁ cintessāmī”ti yena sumāgadhā pokkharaṇī tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā sumāgadhāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre nisīdiṁ lokacintaṁ cintento.  
‘Sirs, I left Rājagaha, thinking “I’ll speculate about the world.” I went to the Sumāgadhā lotus pond and sat down on the bank speculating about the world.  
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, mā lokacintaṁ cintetha:  
So mendicants, don’t speculate about the world.  

sn56.46lokantarikā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Atthi, bhikkhave, lokantarikā aghā asaṁvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā, yatthamimesaṁ candimasūriyānaṁ evaṁmahiddhikānaṁ evaṁ mahānubhāvānaṁ ābhāya nānubhontī”ti.   “Mendicants, the boundless desolation of interstellar space is so utterly dark that even the light of the moon and the sun, so mighty and powerful, makes no impression.”